master of business administrations (mba)
TRANSCRIPT
1
Master of Business Administrations (MBA)
Programme Objectives (PO):
The objectives of MBA Programme are:
PO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge with an integrated approach to various functions of
management.
PO2: To develop effective communication and presentation skills required to become a successful
business professional.
PO3: To analyze and apply research and analytical skills in business decision making.
PO4: To demonstrate the skills of organizing, planning, controlling, team-building and leadership
in the challenging business environment.
PO5: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the area of HR, Marketing, Finance,
IT, Operations and IB professional.
PO6: To devise the ethical values and business ethics required for being socially responsible and
environmental sensitive professional in business.
Programme Learning Outcomes (PLO):
The expected outcomes after completing the program would be:
PLO1: Management knowledge: Apply the knowledge of basic concepts and theories of
management to solve business problems.
PLO2: Communication: Communicate effectively during formal communication and
presentation necessary for a management professional.
PLO3: Technical Knowledge: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, modern
management and IT tools in complex management activities with an understanding of its
limitations.
PLO4: Investigation of Business Problems: Summarize and apply the research based knowledge
and practical exposure in the real business world.
2
PLO5: Entrepreneurial Perspective: Identify, assess and shape entrepreneurial opportunities
and evaluate their potential for business success.
PLO6: Environment and Sustainability: Combine the professional management solutions in
societal and environmental contexts and demonstrate the knowledge for sustainable development.
PLO7: Leadership Skills: Participate and contribute in organizations, businesses, consulting
projects or internship opportunities as an integral part of programme.
PLO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and committed to professional ethics and responsibilities
of management practices.
PLO9: Global Perspective: Enhance ability to assess and evaluate the dynamics of internal and
external elements of the competitive global environment.
PLO10: Area Specific Expertise: Apply various concepts, models etc. in the functional areas of
business like Finance, Marketing, Human Resource, International Business, and Information
Technology in the organization as per area of interest.
PLO11: Cross-Disciplinary Integration and Strategic Perspective: Conceptualize, organize
and resolve complex business problems by using the limited resources available.
PLO12: Legal Knowledge: Apply the knowledge related to the various laws. In the real business
world.
Program Specific Outcomes (PSO):
PSO1 Acquire Practical learning opportunity through summer internship, industrial visit and
research projects.
PSO2 Apply in-depth knowledge in their core elective area of specialization like Finance, Human
Recourse, Marketing, International Business, Operations Management and Information
Technology to solve the business world complexities.
PSO3 Understand and develop the new dimensions of knowledge through open elective and value
added courses to cater the need of the industry.
3
MBA
I YEAR SMESTER – I
S.
No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
CORE
1 MEM1001 Managerial Economics 3 - - 40 60 100 3
2 MCM1005 Accounting and Financial Analysis 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
3 MMG1012 Organizational Behaviour 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
4 MMG1013 Marketing Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
5 MMG1014 Computer Applications in
Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3
GE (Choose any One)
1 MMG1001 Principles & Practices of
Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3
2 MMG1015 Business, Government and Society 3 - - 40 60 100 3
AECC
1 MMG1025 Managerial Communication 3 1 - 40 60 100 3
2 MMG1016 Quantitative Techniques 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
SEC
1 MMG1501 Software Application in
Management - I - - 2 80 20 100 1
Total 24 5 2 400 500 900 29
L - Lecture
T -Tutorial
P -Practical
CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation
ESE -End Semester Exam
C -Credit PS: In Generic Elective Subject (GE), student has to choose any one out of two options given. The total of
LTP, CIE, ESE and Credits have been calculated accordingly.
4
MBA
I YEAR SEMESTER – II
S.
No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
CORE
1 MMG2001 Research Methodology 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
2 MMG2002 Human Resource Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3
3 MMG2003 Business Environment 3 - - 40 60 100 3
4 MCM2003 Financial Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
5 MMG2007 Legal Aspects of Business 3 - - 40 60 100 3
GE (Choose any One)
1 MMG2013 Entrepreneurship Development 3 - - 40 60 100 3
2 MMG2006 Production and Operations
Management 3 - - 40 60 100 3
AECC
1 MMG2014 Operations Research 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
SEC
1 MMG2503 Software Application in
Management-II - - 2 80 20 100 1
2 MSS2501 Soft Skill - - 2 100 - 100 1
3 MAP2501 Aptitude & Reasoning and Online
Test - - 2 100 - 100 1
4 MMG2504 Industrial Visit - - - 100 - 100 1
5 MMG2505 Comprehensive Viva-I - - - 100 - 100 1
Total 21 3 6 760 440 1200 29
L - Lecture
T -Tutorial
P -Practical
CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation
ESE -End Semester Exam
C -Credit
PS: In Generic Elective Subject (GE), student has to choose any one out of two options given. The total of
LTP, CIE, ESE and Credits have been calculated accordingly.
5
MBA
II YEAR SEMESTER – III
S.
No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
CORE
1 MCS3011 Management Information System 3 - - 40 60 100 3
2 MMG3001 Corporate Governance and Business
Ethics 3 - - 40 60 100 3
Subject
Elective
1 --- Elective - 1 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
2 --- Elective - 2 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
3 --- Elective - 3 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
1 Open Elective
(Choose any One from the List of
Open Electives/Value Added
Courses
3 - - 40 60 100 3
AECC
1 MMG3505 Summer Training - Project Report - - 2 80 20 100 3
SEC
2 MSS3501 Soft Skill - - 2 100 - 100 1
1 MAP3501 Aptitude & Reasoning and Online
Test - - 2 100 - 100 1
2 MMG3506 SPSS - - 2 80 20 100 1
Total 18 3 8 600 400 1000 27
1 Value Added
Course
(May choose max. Two from the
List of Open Electives/Value Added
Courses excluding the open elective
already chosen
3 - - 40 60 100 3
University Mandatory Non-Credit Course
1. XHUX601 Human Values and Ethics 2 - - 100 - 100 0
L - Lecture
T -Tutorial
P -Practical
CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation
ESE -End Semester Exam
C -Credit
6
MBA
II YEAR SEMESTER – IV
S.
No. Subject Code Subject L T P CIE ESE Total C
CORE
1 MMG4001 Strategic Management 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
Subject
Elective
1 --- Elective -1 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
2 --- Elective -2 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
3 --- Elective -3 3 1 - 40 60 100 4
1 Open Elective
(Choose any One from the List of
Open Electives/ Value Added
Courses
3 - - 40 60 100 3
AECC
1 MMG4506 Business Research Project - - 2 80 20 100 3
SEC
2 MMG4507 Comprehensive Viva-II - - - - 100 100 2
Total 15 4 2 280 420 700 24
1 Value Added
Course
(May choose max. Two from the
List of Open Electives/Value
Added Courses excluding the
open elective already chosen.
3 - - 40 60 100 3
L - Lecture
T -Tutorial
P -Practical
CIE -Continuous Internal Evaluation
ESE -End Semester Exam
C -Credit
7
MBA
List of Subject Electives
S.
NO. SPECIALIZATION Code SUBJECTS SEM
1 MARKETING
MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-MK Sales and Distribution Management III
MMG3004-MK Integrated Marketing Communication III
MMG3005-MK Consumer Behaviour III
MMG4003-MK Retailing Management IV
MMG4004-MK International Marketing Management IV
MMG4005-MK Marketing of Services IV
2 HUMAN RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-HR Human Resource Planning and Performance
Management III
MMG3004-HR Industrial Relations and Labour Laws III
MMG3005-HR Training and Development III
MMG4003-HR Compensation Management IV
MMG4004-HR Negotiation and Counselling IV
MMG4005-HR Cross Cultural Management IV
3 FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
MCM3004-FM Security Analysis and Portfolio Management III
MCM3005-FM Taxation and Tax Planning III
MCM3006-FM Management Accounting for Decision Making III
MCM4005-FM Financial Institutions and Services IV
MCM4006-FM Management of Working Capital IV
MCM4007-FM International Financial Management IV
4 OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-OM Logistics and Distribution Management III
MMG3004-OM Project Management III
MMG3005-OM Production Planning and Control III
MMG4003-OM Strategic Sourcing IV
MMG4004-OM Operations Strategy IV
MMG4005-OM Supply Chain Modeling IV
8
MBA
List of Subject Electives
S.
NO. SPECIALIZATION Code SUBJECTS SEM
5
INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-IB International Trade III
MMG3004-IB Export Management and Documentation III
MMG3005-IB International Logistics III
MMG4003-IB International Marketing Management IV
MMG4004-IB International Financial Management IV
MMG4005-IB Cross Cultural Management IV
6
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
AND FAMILY BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
MMG3001-ET Business Analysis and Development Planning III
MMG3002-ET Creativity and Change in Organizations III
MMG3003-ET Management of Intellectual Property Rights III
MMG4001-ET Management of Funds for Small Business IV
MMG4002-ET Management of MSME IV
MMG4003-ET Managing Growing and Exiting the New
Venture IV
9
MBA
LIST OF OPEN ELECTIVES/VALUE ADDED COURSES
S. No. Subject Code
Subjects SEMESTER For Open Elective For Value Added
1 MMG3001-OE MMG3001-VA Talent Acquisition and Management III
2 MMG3002-OE MMG3002-VA Conflict and Stress Management III
3 MMG3003-OE MMG3003-VA Brand Management III
4 MMG3004-OE MMG3004-VA Digital Marketing III
5 MMG3005-OE MMG3005-VA Financial Derivatives III
6 MMG3006-OE MMG3006-VA Behavioral Finance III
7 MMG3007-OE MMG3007-VA Tourism Management III
8 MMG3008-OE MMG3008-VA Business Intelligence & Analytics III
9 MMG3009-OE MMG3009-VA E-Commerce Technology III
10 MMG4001-OE MMG4001-VA Organizational Change and
Development IV
11 MMG4002-OE MMG4002-VA HR issues in Mergers and
Acquisitions IV
12 MMG4003-OE MMG4003-VA Rural Marketing IV
13 MMG4004-OE MMG4004-VA Mall Management IV
14 MMG4005-OE MMG4005-VA Insurance and Risk Management IV
15 MMG4006-OE MMG4006-VA Online Trading of Financial Assets IV
16 MMG4007-OE MMG4007-VA Management Of Healthcare Services IV
17 MMG4008-OE MMG4008-VA Real Estate Management IV
18 MMG4009-OE MMG4009-VA Software Project Management IV
10
MBA
SYLLABUS
11
I SEMESTER
12
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS MEM1001
L T P C 3 0 0 3
(40Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1:To understand the relative importance of Managerial Economics and analyze the economic
environment in which business entities operate.
CO2:To develop the understanding of how managerial decisions can be vary under different
constraints that each economic environment places on a manager’s pursuit of its goals, focusing
on analyzing the functioning of markets and the economic behavior of firm.
CO3: To evaluate the features of different kinds of markets and also analyze the real aspects of
managerial decision making process also.
CO4:To understand various market structures along with their business issues and strategy
formulation process for each of them. Illustrate the real world business and aspects of business
cycle with a systematic theoretical framework.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and list practical application of economics, understand the concept of economics and
managerial economics. Compare and contrast between different economics environment and
economical approaches. Compare and contrast the different market structures and price output
decisions based therein.
CLO2: Understand the concept of Demand and Demand Analysis, Estimation and assessment of
demand and elasticity in different conditions. Identify factors affecting demand and analyze their effect
on demand Apply the concepts of price, cross and income elasticity.
CLO3: Understand the cost concept and the difference between short-run and long-run cost function.
Establish the linkage between production function and cost function. • Compare and contrast four
basic market types. • Analyze the causes and consequences of different market conditions. Integrate
the concept of price and output decisions of firms under various market structures.
CLO4: Understand various facts of macroeconomic approaches and be equipped with the various tools
for analyzing pricing strategies
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
Introduction to Managerial economics:
Nature, scope and significance of Managerial Economics; role of the Managerial Economist;
relationship of Managerial Economics with other branches of knowledge.
Objectives of the firm; Principles of profit maximization.
Fundamental concept of Managerial Economics.
13
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
Theory of consumer behaviour:
Demand function and demand; factors affecting demand; Law of Demand; Elasticity of Demand:
Concept and Measurement; Price, Income, Cross and Advertising Elasticity; Significance of Elasticity
of Demand.
Demand forecasting techniques.
Utility, Total, Marginal and Average Utility. Diminishing Marginal Utility and Equi-Marginal Utility;
Marginal rate of substitution; Indifference Maps, Meaning, properties and determination of
Consumer’s Equilibrium; Consumer’s Surplus.
UNIT - III (12 Hours)
Theory of the firm:
Concept of Production function; Laws of Variable Proportion; Average, Total and marginal product;
Returns to Scale; Cobb-Douglas and CES forms of production functions; Isoquant Maps; Marginal
Rate of Technical Substitution; firm equilibrium by output maximization; Marginal Revenue and
Elasticity of demand.
Cost functions; Total, Average and Marginal Costs; Economies of Scale; firm equilibrium and cost
minimization.
Different types of Market structures:
Concept; types of markets; Perfect Competition, Monopoly, Monopolistic Competition and Oligopoly;
characteristics and price determination under each structure.
Cost-Volume-Profit analysis.
Product-life-cycle and pricing.
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
Macroeconomics: nature and importance. National Income: meaning and measurement. Consumption
function and multipliers. Inflation - meaning, types, causes, effects and measures to control. Business
Cycles - meaning, characteristics of business cycles and stabilization policies; Balance of Payments -
concept and measures to correct deficit in the Balance of Payments.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Jhingan and Stephen, “Managerial Economics”, 2014, Vrinda Publication
T2. DN Dwivedi, “Managerial Economics”, 8th Edtition Vikas Publication
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Damodaran Suma – “Managerial Economics”, Oxford 2006
R2. Hirschey Mark – “Economics for Managers”, Thomson, India Edition, 2007
R3. Petersen Craig H. et.al. – “Managerial Economics”, Pearson Education, 2006
R4. Dominick Salvatore – “Managerial Economics”, Oxford, 2007
R5. Koutsyannis A – “Modern Microeconomics”, Macmillan, 2nd Edition
14
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and list practical application of economics, Understand the
concept of economics and managerial economics. Compare and
contrast between different economics environment and economical
approaches.
1, 2,4
Remember,
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand the concept of Demand and Demand Analysis, Estimation
and assessment of demand and elasticity in different conditions.
Identify factors affecting demand and analyze their effect on demand
Apply the concepts of price, cross and income elasticity.
2,3,4
Understand,
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO3 Understand the cost concept and the difference between short-run and
long-run cost function. • Establish the linkage between production
function and cost function.
Compare and contrast between four basic market types. Analyse the
causes and consequences of different market conditions. Integrate the
concept of price and output decisions of firms under various market
structure.
2, 4,5
Understand,
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Understand various facts of macroeconomic approaches also, be
equipped with the various tools for analyzing pricing strategies.
2,4
Understand,
Analyze
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H
CLO2 H H M H M
CLO3 H H M H M
CLO4 H H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
15
Accounting and financial analysis
MCM1005
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objective:
CO1:To remember and understand the conceptual knowledge of Accounting.
CO2:To execute with the basic knowledge of Accounting, the underlying principles and to demonstrate
the skills in preparing financial statements.
CO3: To categories, compare and interpret the financial statements.
CO4:To assess and examine the utility of various techniques of financial analysis and use its
information as a vital input for management information and decision-making process.
Course Learning Outcome (CLO): On completion of the course the student will be able to:
CLO1: Define and discuss the concepts of Accounting.
CLO2: Explain and illustrate the basics of accounting and final accounts.
CLO3: Calculate and compare the final accounts using the various tools and techniques for decision
making in the corporate world.
CLO4: Understand, demonstrate, assess and examine the financial statements for decision making and
forecasting
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
Conceptual Framework of Accounting:
Meaning of Accounting and Functions & Limitation
Accounting Concepts and Conventions
Accounting Equation
Accounting Information and Its Users
Indian Accounting Standards
International Accounting Standards
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
Understanding Basics of Accounting and Preparation of Final Accounts:
Double Entry System of Accounting
Journalizing of Transactions
Ledger
Preparation of Subsidiary Books of Accounts
Policies Related with Depreciation (SLM and DBM)
Inventory Valuation
Preparation of Trial Balance and Adjustments
Construction And Analysis of Profit & Loss Account
Construction and Analysis of Balance Sheet
16
UNIT - III (11Hours)
Understanding and Analysis of Financial Statements
Meaning, Definition, Importance, Types, Uses of Financial Statement, Limitation of Financial
Statement.
Comparative Balance Sheet
Common Size Statements Analysis
Trend Analysis of Manufacturing, Service and Banking Organizations
Ratio Analysis- Solvency Ratios, Profitability Ratios, Activity Ratios. Liquidity Ratios, Sickness
Prediction
UNIT - IV (9 Hours)
Funds Flow and Cash Flow Analysis
Meaning and importance of funds flow statement, sources and uses of funds, preparation of schedule
of changes in working capital, Profit and loss adjustment account and funds flow statement.
Meaning and importance of cash flow, difference between cash flow statement and funds flow
statement, sources and uses of cash, preparation of cash flow statement as per the Indian accounting
standard.
TEXT BOOKS:
Maheshwari S.N & Maheshwari S K – “An Introduction to Accountancy”, Vikas, 11th Edition.
M.E. Thukaram Rao, “Management Accounting” New Age International (P) ltd. Publishers, Reprint
2007.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Jawahar Lal, “Advanced Management Accounting- Text, Problems and Cases”, S. Chand & Company
Ltd. New Delhi, Revised Edition 2009.
Narayanswami – “Financial Accounting: A Managerial Perspective”, PHI, 2nd Edition.
Mukherjee – “Financial Accounting for Management”, TMH, 1st Edition.
Ramchandran&Kakani – “Financial Accounting for Management”, TMH, 2nd Edition.
Ghosh T P – “Accounting and Finance for Managers”, Taxman, 1st Edition.
Ashish K. Bhattacharya- “Essentials of Financial Accounting”, PHI, New Delhi
Ghosh T.P- “Financial Accounting for Managers”, Taxman, 3rd Edition
17
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of the course the student will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Define and discuss the concepts of Accounting. 1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Explain and illustrate the basics of accounting and final accounts. 2 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Calculate and compare the final accounts using the various tools
and techniques for decision making in the corporate world.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand, demonstrate, assess and examine the financial
statements for decision making and forecasting.
2, 3, 5
Understand,
Apply,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H
L H M
CLO2 H
H M L H M
CLO3 H
L H M
L H M
CLO4 H
L H M L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
18
ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR
MMG1012 L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1:To help the students to develop cognizance of the importance of human behaviour.
CO2:To enable students to describe how people behave under different conditions and
understand why people behave as they do.
CO3:To provide the students to analyse specific strategic human resources demands for future action.
CO4:To enable students to synthesize related information and evaluate options for the most logical and
optimal solution such that they would be able to predict and control human behavior and improve
results.
.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the student will be able to:
CLO1: Analyze individual and group behaviour, and understand the implications of organizational
behaviour on the process of management.
CLO2: Identify different motivational theories and evaluate motivational strategies used in a variety of
organizational settings.
CLO3: Evaluate the appropriateness of various leadership styles and conflict management strategies
used in organizations.
CLO4: Describe and assess the basic design elements of organizational structure and evaluate their
impact on employees.
CLO5: Explain how organizational change and culture affect working relationships within
organizations.
UNIT - I (10 Hours)
Organizational Behavior-and Foundations of Individual behavior
Importance and Scope and Features of Organizational Behavior.
Personality-Meaning, Features, Factors affecting Personality, Personality Traits.
Learning-Meaning, Features, Factors affecting Personality, Reinforcement.
Motivation-Meaning, Nature, Importance, Effective Motivation.
Perception- Meaning, Features, Importance, Factors affecting Perception Process.
UNIT - II (08 Hours)
Role and Challenges
Stress –Meaning, Sources of stress, Consequences of stress, Stress and performance, Functional and
Dysfunctional Strategies of Coping with Stress.
Leadership- Meaning, Nature, Importance of Leadership, Leadership Styles.
Job satisfaction- Concept and factors affecting job satisfaction.
19
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Building and Managing Teams
Group Vs. Team- formal & Informal Group, Features of a group, Types of Group, Stages in Group
Development, Group Cohesiveness Building Effective Teams.
Conflict Management- Sources of Conflict, Functional and Dysfunctional Conflict, Avoidance and
Approach Styles of Handling Conflict. Negotiating for Conflict Management.
Quality of work life- Meaning, Nature and scope of QWL, Importance of QWL, Problems in improving
QWL.
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)
Constructing Sustainable Organizations
Power - Definition, Types of Power, Coercive Power Vs. Persuasive Power
Role of Politics in Organizations
Organizational Culture- Definition, Dimensions
Organizational Change-Need, Process, Implementation
Organizational Development- Meaning and Process, OD - intervention techniques and change agent.
TEXT BOOK:
T1:Udai Pareek – Understanding Organizational Behavior (3rd Edition Oxford University press)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1: Newstrom John W. – “Organizational Behaviour: Human Behaviour at Work”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 12thedition
R2: Luthans Fred – “Organizational Behaviour”, Tata McGraw Hill,10th Edition
R3: Mc Shane L. Steven, Glinow Mary Ann Von & Sharma Radha R. – “Organizational Behaviour”,
Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Edition
R4: Robbins Stephen P. – “Organizational Behavior”, Pearson Education, 13th edition
Prasad .L.M. – “Organizational Behavior”, S. Chand & SonsPublication ,4th Edition, 2006
20
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Analyze individual and group behaviour, and understand the
implications of organizational behaviour on the process of
management.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Identify different motivational theories and evaluate motivational
strategies used in a variety of organizational settings.
1, 5
Remember,
Evaluate
CLO3 Evaluate the appropriateness of various leadership styles and conflict
management strategies used in organizations.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Describe and assess the basic design elements of organizational
structure and evaluate their impact on employees.
2, 3, 4
Understand,
Apply,
Analyze
CLO5 Explain how organizational change and culture affect working
relationships within organizations.
3,5
Apply
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L L H L L H M H
CLO2 H M L H L L H M M
CLO3 M M L L L H L L H L M
CLO4 H L M L L L L H L M
CLO5 H H L L L H M L H L M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
21
MARKETING MANAGEMENT
MMG 1013
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand and appreciate the concept of marketing in theory and practice.
CO2: To evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing plan.
CO3: To understand the tools used by marketing managers in decision situations
CO4: To understand the strategy behind any marketing decision made by organization.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand strong conceptual knowledge in the functional area of marketing management.
CLO2: Evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing plan
CLO3:Analyze skills in identification and resolution of problems pertaining to marketing management.
CLO4: Understanding the strategy behind any marketing decision made by organization
UNIT - I (09 Hours)
Introduction to Marketing: Definition & Functions of Marketing, Core concepts of marketing: Need,
Want, Desire, Benefits, Demand, Value, Exchange, Product, Market Customer Satisfaction, Customer
Delight.
Approaches to Marketing: Product, Production, Sales, Marketing, Societal Relational. Concept of
Marketing Myopia. Selling versus marketing, Integrated Marketing Plan & Customer Value Applying
Marketing in different market.
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
Analyzing the Marketing Environment: Macro & Micro. Responding to the Marketing Environment.
Marketing Research: Implementing research plan, Analyzing and using Marketing Information. Market
segmentation: Niche & Local Marketing, Multilevel Marketing.
Effective segmentation criteria
Consumer Market and Consumer Buyer Behavior: Consumer Buying Decision process.
Target Market: Concept, Evaluating & Selecting Target Markets
Positioning: Concept, Value Proposition & USP.
UNIT - III (09Hours)
Market Planning and Analysis: Corporate mission and objectives, SWOT Analysis, Market
opportunity analysis, Planning corporate and SBU strategies, Resource allocation to strategic business
units, BCG approach, GE approach, Generic strategies, Growth strategies, Developing a marketing
plan
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
22
Dealing with Competition : Competitive Forces, Competition Analysis , Porter’s Generic Strategies,
Assessing & Identifying competitors , Selecting competitors to attack & avoid Competitive Strategies
, Market leader, challenger, follower strategies
Branding Strategies, Brand Associations, Brand Equity
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Kotler, Keller, Koshy and Jha- “Marketing Management”- -15th Edition Pearson 2017.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1:Kotler Philip–“Marketing Management, Analysis, Planning, Implementations and Control”,
Pearson Education 12th Edition.
R2:Stanton William J – “Fundamentals of Marketing”, McGraw Hill
R3:Kotler, Philip and Armstrong Graw – “Principles of Marketing”, Pearson Education, 11th Edition.
R4:Kotler Philip, Keller Kevin Lane, Koshy Abraham and Jha Mithileshwar – “Marketing
Management”: A South Asian Perspective, Pearson Education 12th Edition.
R5:Ramaswamy V.S. and Nama kumari S – “Marketing Management: Planning, Implementation and
Control”, Macmillian, 3rd Edition.
R6:Etzel M.J., Walker B.J. and Stanton William J – “Marketing concept & Cases special Indian
Edition” ,Tata McGraw Hill, 13th Edition.
R7:Mc.Carthy and “Perreault -Basic Marketing: A Global Marketing Approach”, Tata McGraw Hill,
15th Edition.
R8:Kurtz and Boone – “Principles of Marketing”, Thomson India edition, 2007
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to :
23
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand strong conceptual knowledge in the functional area of
marketing management.
2
Understand
CLO2 Evaluate the Marketing Environment and develop a feasible marketing
plan
5
Evaluate
CLO3 Analyze skills in identification and resolution of problems pertaining
to marketing management.
4
Analyze
CLO4 Understanding the strategy behind any marketing decision made by
organization.
2
Understand
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M
CLO2 H M
CLO3 H L
CLO4 L H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
24
COMPUTER APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT
MMG1014 L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To familiarize students with computer and it’s applications in the relevant fields of business and
administration.
CO2: To impart the IT skills and knowledge necessary for managers.
CO3: To focus on the manner in which computers improve data organization and connectivity leading
to greater efficiency and effectiveness.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1:Define and demonstrate about basic components of a computer and their significance.
CLO2:Explain and apply hands on learning of applications of MS Office and Internet in businesses.
CLO3:Examine and provide an orientation about the increasing role of e-commerce in managerial
decision making to gain Competitive edge in all aspects of Business.
CLO4:Outline the functioning of software in functional areas of an organization.
CL5:Create awareness in upcoming managers, of different types of information systems in an
organization so as to enable the use of computer resources efficiently, for effective decision making.
Unit I Introduction to Computers: (9 hours)
Introduction to types of Computer systems, Basic Computer operations, connecting devices,
Networking hardware, types of network, Internet, Intranet and Extranet Applications, Practical data
processing application in business, and Computer applications in various areas of business.
Unit-II Software Concepts: (9 hours)
Types of software (System, application, utility), software trends and issues (mobile applications,
integration of in-house and outsourced services strategy, cloud based enterprise solutions), Data Base,
Data Base Management Systems.
Unit III IT Skills: (12 hours)
Microsoft Office- Introduction and working with MS Word, Features - insert headers and footers, insert
table and table options, Mail Merge. etc
MS Power point- Basic introduction, features, Creating & Formatting, Content Collaborating - T rack,
Edit, Add, Delete Comments, Merge Managing & Delivering Presentations, design a template, entering
data to graph, organization chart, slide transitions, creating slide shows.
MS Excel – Basic functions, Creating, Analyzing & Formatting Data & Content Collaborating – Insert,
View, Edit etc. Managing Workbooks, advance functions, sensitivity analysis, Pivot
tables etc.
25
Unit-IV Internet, Security and E-Commerce: (10 hours)
Advantage and Disadvantage of IT Outsourcing, Internet, Security and E-Commerce: Introduction,
Core features of the Internet, Internet Applications, Internet and World Wide Web, E-mail, Web
browsers, Web browsing, Mobile Computing, Electronic Commerce, Types of E- Commerce and their
utilities
TEXT BOOKS:
T1:“Information technology for Management” by Ramesh Behl, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2nd
edition
T2:“Computer Fundamentals” by Pradeep K Sinha, Priti Sinha, BPB Publication, 6thedition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1:“Computer Application in Management” by A. K. Saini, Pradeep Kumar, Anmol Publications Pvt.
Ltd.
R2:“Interpreting Information Systems in Organizations” by Geoff Walsham,The Global Text Project ,
2011
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and demonstrate about basic components of a computer and
their significance.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Explain and apply hands on learning of applications of MS Office
and Internet in businesses.
2,3
Understand
Apply
CLO3 Examine and provide an orientation about the increasing role of e-
commerce in managerial decision making to gain Competitive edge
in all aspects of Business
4
Analyze
CLO4 Outline the functioning of software in functional areas of an
organization.
2
Understand
CLO5 Create awareness in upcoming managers, of different types of
information systems in an organization so as to enable the use of
computer resources efficiently, for effective decision making.
6
Create
26
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M M H
CLO2 M M H
CLO3 M M H
CLO4 M M H
CLO5 M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
27
PRINCIPLES & PRACTICES OF MANAGEMENT
MMG1001 L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the concepts related to Business.
CO2: To Demonstrate and apply the roles, skills and functions of management.
CO3: To analyze effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational
problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.
CO4: To Understand the complexities associated with management of human resources in the
organizations and integrate the learning in handling these complexities.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course the student will be able to:
CLO 1:Describe the influence of historical forces on the current practice of management. To explain
how organizations adapt to an uncertain environment and identify techniques managers use to influence
and control the internal environment Students will be able to understand principles and functions of
management.
CLO2:Describe the process of management's four functions: planning, organizing, leading, and
controlling. Evaluate leadership styles to anticipate the consequences of each leadership style.
CLO3:Develop cognizance of the importance of management principles. To analyze effective
application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve organizational problems and develop optimal
managerial decisions.
CLO4:Identify and evaluate social responsibility and ethical issues involved in business situations and
logically articulate own position on such issues. To understand tools and techniques to be used in the
performance of the managerial job.
UNIT - I (11 Hours)
Management an Introduction: Importance, definition and functions. Management as Profession,
Management Art or Science, Management vs. Administration, Roles of a Manager and required skills.
Development of Management thought:
Early Classical Approaches-scientific management, administrative management and bureaucracy
Neo-classical Approaches-human relations movement and behavioural approach
Modern Approaches-quantitative approach, systems approach and contingency approach.
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
Planning: nature, importance and forms of planning, Types of plans, process of planning, limitations
of planning.
Decision Making: meaning, types of decisions, process and difficulties in decision making.
Organization: meaning, process, span of management, principles of organizing, Departmentalization,
Organization structures, Authority and Responsibility. Authority vs. Power. Authority and Delegation.
Centralization vs. decentralization. Line, Staff and Functional organization.
28
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Staffing: meaning and importance, manpower planning, Job analysis.
Training and Development: Difference between training, education and development, types and
methods of training, evaluation of training and development.
Direction and supervision: Comparison and importance.
UNIT - IV (09 Hours)
Coordination: Need for coordination, Process of coordination, Importance of
Coordination.
Control: need for control, process of control, types of control-pre control, concurrent control and post
control, benefits of control.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Robbins & Coulter – “Management” Prentice Hall of India, 10th Edition,2010
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1:Stoner, Freeman & Gilbert “Management” Prentice Hall of India, 6th Edition
R2:Koontz Harold &Weihrich Heinz – “Essentials of management” Tata Mc Graw Hill, 5th Edition
2008
R3:Tripathi & Reddy “Principles of Management” 5th Edition, McGraw Hill,2012
R4:Robbins S.P. and Decenzo David A. – “Fundamentals of Management: Essential Concepts and
Applications” Pearson Education, 6th Edition
R5:Weihrich Heinz and Koontz Harold – “Management: A Global and Entrepreneurial Perspective”
McGraw Hill, 12 th Edition 2008
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course student will be able to:
29
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the influence of historical forces on the current practice of
management. To explain how organizations adapt to an uncertain
environment and identify techniques managers use to influence and
control the internal environment.
1, 2
Remember
Understand
CLO2 Describe the process of management's four functions: planning,
organizing, leading, and controlling. To Evaluate leadership styles to
anticipate the consequences of each leadership style.
2,5
Understand,
evaluate
CLO3 Develop cognizance of the importance of management principles. To
analyze effective application of PPM knowledge to diagnose and solve
organizational problems and develop optimal managerial decisions.
4, 5, 6
Analyze,
Evaluate,
Create
CLO4 Identify and evaluate social responsibility and ethical issues involved in
business situations and logically articulate own position on such issues.
To understand tools and techniques to be used in the performance of the
managerial job.
2,5
Understand,
Evaluate
MAPPING OF CLO s with PLOs and PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H H M L M M
CLO2 H H M M H H H L M
CLO3 H H H M H M
L M M
CLO4 H M M H H H L M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
30
BUSINESS, GOVERNMENT AND SOCIETY
MMG1015 L T P C
3 0 0 3
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the interdependence between Business, government and society and the
environment in which they operate.
CO2: To know the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and economic growth and various
factors influencing it.
CO3: To find the intricacies of public private partnership and regulatory issues in it .
CO4: To understand various aspects of Globalization and how business amalgamate technology for
achieving desired output
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to::
CLO1:Understand and Explain the role of government in economic environment and various other
factors effect it.
CLO2:Interpret the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and economic growth and
demography and other factors have effect our workplace.
CLO3:Understand and analyse the rationale behind public private relationships and experience of
various sectors post privatisation.
CLO4:Explain and evaluate the dynamics of globalization and assess how businesses are achieving
success by social responsibilities
Unit I (10 Hours)
Roles of Business, Government, and Society: Interdependence and Conflict, Regulation of Business,
Functions of State; Economic roles of government; Government and legal environment; Economic
roles of Government in India; Indian experience with overall and sectoral growth, Inter-sectoral
linkages and role of foreign direct investment ,The Constitutional environment , Macroeconomic
crises: explaining the experiences around the world.
Unit II (8 Hours)
Poverty, Inequality and Economic Growth: Industrial Development, Rural- Urban Dynamics,
Population and Development, Finance for Development, Trade and Development, State and the
Market, Privatization and Regulation, Institutions and Growth.
Changing Workplace: Influence of demography, influence of technology, gender issues, social justice
and affirmative action, Industrial Relations.
Unit III (12 Hours)
Public Private Partnerships:
The Rationale for Public Private Partnerships, Different Kinds of Public Private Partnerships with a
special emphasis on the Build Operate and Transfer Model (BOT), Issues in Regulation that come
about with privatization, Pricing mechanisms available to a regulator to ensure universal access and
31
efficiency, Discussion of the privatization experience in different sectors, water, electricity,
telecommunication, and railways with a special emphasis on India.
Unit IV (10 Hours)
Multinational Corporations: Perspectives on Globalization, Globalization: The MNC and TNC
Organizations, Globalization of Brands, Globalization of the
Indian Business and Firms, Coping with Global Competition, Conflict with
Nation States.
Business in a Global Environment: Business as Blending of People Technology and Ethical Behavior,
Achieving Business Success through Social Responsibilities.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1:Business, Government and Society: A Managerial Perspective by John Steiner, George Steiner,
Tata McGraw Hill
T2:Business, Government, and Society by Douglas E. Greer, Prentice Hall , 3rd Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1:Business and Its Environment by David P., International Edition, 7th Edition
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S
TAXONOMY
LEVEL
CLO1 Understand and Explain the role of government in economic
environment and various other factors effect it.
2
Understand
CLO2 Interpret the interrelationship between poverty, inequality and
economic growth and demography and other factors have effect our
workplace.
2,4
Understand,
analyse
CLO3 Understand and analyse the rationale behind public private
relationships and experience of various sectors post privatisation.
2,4
Understand,
analyse
CLO4 Explain and evaluate the dynamics of globalization and assess how
businesses are achieving success by social responsibilities
2,5
Understand
Evaluate
32
Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H
CLO2 H H
CLO3 H M H
CLO4 H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
33
MANAGERIAL COMMUNICATION
MMG1025 L T P C
3 1 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the concept of Managerial Communication, its types and the impact of technology
on communication.
CO2: To know the differences between oral and written communication and non-verbal aspects of
communication.
CO3: To enable students to apply the concepts learnt for effective communication.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able:
CLO1: Describe the concept of Managerial Communication, purpose, process, types and the impact of
technology on communication:
CLO2: Differentiate between oral and written communication; understand the problems created by
barriers to communication and ways of overcoming them.
CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt for effective communication using talk tactics, body language and
the listening skills.
CLO4: Analyze personal communication style to develop impactful presentation skills.
CLO5: Formulate strategy for performing in Group Discussions and interview.
CLO6: Evaluate and develop impactful reports and other forms of business correspondence- circulars,
notices, memos, agendas, minutes and resume etc.
UNIT - I
COMMUNICATION AND BARRIERS (8Hours)
Communication an Introduction: Definition, Importance, Purpose; Development of Communication,
Communication Process, Types of Communication, Involuntary, Voluntary; Basic forms of
Communication: Verbal—Oral and Written, Non-verbal communication—Object Language,
Pictures/symbols/signs; Communication Structure in the organization: Vertical, Lateral and Diagonal.
Impact of Technological Advancement on Business Communication: Communication Networks,
Intranet, Internet, E-mails, SMS, Teleconferencing, Video Conferencing.
Oral Communication: Features: IMPRESS (idea, message, pause/paragraphs, receiver, empathy,
sender and security check); Oral vs. Written Communication; Noise (Physical and psychological);
Barriers to communication: Sender oriented barriers, receiver oriented barriers; Overcoming the
Barriers; 7C’s and 4’s of Communication.
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
TALK TACTICS AND BODY LANGUAGE
Talk Tactics: Dominating, Remaining uninvolved, Frequently interrupting, Raising too many queries,
Dodging and Diminishing, Giving advice/ Interpreting and Judging/ Criticizing and Praising,
34
Extending Sympathy, Relating Self-image, Bolstering Anecdotes/ Name Dropping, sending cryptic
messages, and Telephonic messages
Listening: Listening process, Listening vs. Hearing, Types of Listening—passive, marginal, projective,
sensitive and active; Deterrents to good listening; Factors to promote Listening. Benefits of good
Listening, and Feedback
Body Language and Paralanguage: Body sport, positive gestures, Handshakes, Gazes, Smiles, Hand
Movements, and Different styles of Walking, Space; Paralanguage
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
PRESENTATION AND INTERVIEW SKILLS
Presentations: Meaning, Presentation vs. Lecture, Format, Essentials of Presentation, Audience
Analysis, Presentation Design; Delivery—positive attitude, instilling enthusiasm, self-belief,
empathize with audience; Exercising control; Stylistic devices; 6 Main Helpers; 7 Golden Principles.
Group Discussions: Qualities to be highlighted in a GD—Leadership, Knowledge of subject matter,
Analytical ability, Group behavior, Listening Skills, Conviction and Flexibility. Strategies for success
in GD. Body Sport for making an impact in GD
Interview: Pre-planning, Facing the Interview Board, Body Sport for Interview, Negotiation.
Written Communication: Importance of skills in Written Communication, Stages of writing--Pre-
drafting, Drafting, Post-drafting; Challenge of composing an appropriate business message
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)
REPORT WRITING AND BUSINESS CORRESPONDENCE
Report Writing: Importance of Report, 5W’s and 1H.
Report planning: Types of reports, Developing an Outline, Nature of Heading, Point Formulation,
Divisions, Sections of the Report, Visual aids
Circulars, Notices, Memos, Agenda and Minutes
Letter Writing: Business letters, Format, Styles of letter arrangement, Types of letters, Telegrams,
Telex Messages, Facsimiles, Electronic mail, Handling Mail
Job Application: Curriculum Vitae
Media management: the press release, press conference, media interviews
Seminars, workshop, conferences
TEXT BOOKS:
T1.Kaul, A. “Business Communication”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,(2nd Edition)
T2.Kaul, A. “Effective Business Communication”, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1: Sehgal, M.K. and Khetrapal, V. “Business Communication”, Excel Books.
R2: Pal, R. “Business Communication”, Sultanchand & Sons Publication.
R3: Chaturvedi, P.D. “Busines Communication”, Pearson Education,
R4: Lesikar R.V. and Pettit, J.D. “Basic Business Communication: Theory & Application,” Tata
McGraw Hill, 10th Edition.
R5: Shinley, T. “Communication for Business”, Pearson Education, 4th Edition.
R6: Sharma, R.C. and Krishna, M. “Business: Correspondence and Report Writing”, Tata McGraw
Hill, 3rd Edition.
35
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the concept of Managerial Communication, purpose,
process, types and the impact of technology on communication.
2
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between oral and written communication; understand
the problems created by barriers to communication and ways of
overcoming them.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt for effective communication using talk
tactics, body language and the listening skills
2
Apply
CLO4 Analyze personal communication style to develop impactful
presentation skills
4
Analyze
CLO5 Formulate strategy for performing in Group Discussions and
interview
6
Create
CLO6 Evaluate and develop impactful reports and other forms of business
correspondence- circulars, notices, memos, agendas, minutes and
resume etc.
5,6
Create
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H
CLO2 H H M M
CLO3 H M
CLO4 H M
CLO5 H H M M
CLO6 H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
36
QUANTITATIVE TECHNIQUES
MMG1016 L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand how to deal with computations involving a single statistic and its business
applications.
CO2: To know how to apply analytical tools in bivariate analysis for model building and forecasting.
CO3: To find how to apply rules of probability in business situations and to analyse probability
distribution of various situations.
CO4: To solve matrix and use differential calculus in the business world.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Apply various measures of Central tendency and dispersion for univariate analysis.
CLO2: Analyze the relationship between in a bivariate relation by Correlation and construct simple
models based on regression and time series.
CLO3: Determine the mechanism of Probability and make use of probability distribution to solve
business situations.
CLO4: Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use of differential
calculus.
UNIT I (10 Hours)
Introduction to statistics: Types of Statistical Methods, importance, scope, data classification,
tabulation and representation.
Measure of central tendency: Arithmetic Mean, Geometric Mean, Harmonic Mean, Weighted Mean,
Median and Mode.
Measure of Dispersion: Range, Standard deviation, Coefficient of Variation
Skewness, and Kurtosis: measures and applications.
UNIT II: (10 Hours)
Correlation and regression: Introduction, Correlation Analysis: Simple Correlation, Rank Correlation.
Linear Regression, Estimation using regression lines.
Analysis of Time series: Meaning, Utility, Components, Models, Methods of Measuring Trend,
measurement of season effects
Index Numbers: Meaning, Types, Uses, Problems in construction of Index Numbers, Methods of
Construction of Index Numbers, Quantity and Value Index, Ideal Index Number, Chain Base Index
Numbers, splicing of Index Numbers
37
UNIT III (10 Hours)
Probability: Probability theory, Basic concept, Addition and multiplication theorems. Conditional
probability and Baye’s theorem
Probability Distribution: Binomial Distribution, Poisson Distribution and Normal Distribution, their
Characteristics and Applications in Business Management
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
Matrix: Types, Addition, Subtraction and Multiplication, Transpose, Adjoint and Inverse of a matrix,
Solution of a system of linear equations, Cramer’s rule and inverse of a matrix
Differential Calculus: First order and Second Order, Application of Differentiation in maximization
and minimization problems.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1: Sharma, J. K., Business Statistics. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (2010).
T2:Sanchet, D.C; Kapoor, V.K; Mehta P.C. Quantitative Methods. Sultan Chand & Sons.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1: Bajpai, N. Business Statistics. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (2001).
R2: Levin, R. I. Statistics for Management. Pearson Education (P) Ltd (1997).
R3: Beri,G.C. Business Statistics. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd (2010).
R4: Gupta, S.C. Fundamentals of Statistics. Himalaya Publishing House (2006).
R5: Elhance, D.N. Fundamentals of Statistics. Kitab Mahal Distributors New Delhi (2008).
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S
TAXONOMY
LEVEL
CLO1 Apply various measures of Central tendencyand dispersion for
univariate analysis.
3
Apply
CLO2 Analyze the relationship between in a bivariate relation by Correlation
and construct simple models based on regression and time series.
4
Analyze
CLO3 Determine the mechanism of Probability and make use of probability
distribution to solve business situations
5
Evaluate
CLO4 Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the
use of differential calculus.
6
Create
38
Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs
COURSE
LEARN-
ING
OUT-
COMES
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H
CLO2 H H H H
CLO3 H H H
CLO4 H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
39
SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS IN MANAGEMENT – I
MMG1501 L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
CO1: To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business applications.
CO2: To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of the course student will be able to :
CLO1: Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an excel spreadsheet.
CLO2: Apply the software for the presentation purpose.
CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the business issues with the help
of analytical tools.
CLO4: Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office use.
MS Word: Creating a document, saving document, deleting text, page set up and layout, printing
document, Spelling check, auto-correct, to find something in document, replace option, keyboard short
cuts, Creating bulleted and numbered lists, working with fonts, changing styles of fonts, Inserting
pictures, Formatting paragraphs, Working with header and footer, tables, creating table of content.
Power Point: Basics, add and edit text in slides, add new slides to presentation, insert tables and charts,
add sound to presentation, insert animations and slide transitions, delivering presentations.
MS- Excel: Starting Excel, working with workbooks, understanding ribbons, entering data, edit data,
copy, paste, special paste, working with rows and columns, sorting of data, applying filters, excel
formulas, charts, printing worksheets. Uploading and downloading document
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1
Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an
excel spreadsheet.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Apply the software for the presentation purpose. 3
Apply
CLO3 Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the
business issues with the help of analytical tools.
3, 6
Apply,
Create
CLO4 Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office
use.
4, 6
Analyze,
Create
40
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1
H
M
M
L
M
CLO2
H
M
M
M
H
M
CLO3
H
H
H
H
L
H
M
CLO4
M
H
M
M
M
M
L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
41
II SEMESTER
42
RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
MMG2001
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objective:
CO1: To understand the concept and importance of research.
CO2: To understand the research process, sampling and data collection methods.
CO3: To understand the hypotheses formulation and testing procedure.
CO4: To develop writing skill to write research report.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Understanding the concept and importance of research, and the research process.
CLO2: Apply research designs, sampling and data collection methods in research work.
CLO3: Hypotheses formulation and testing procedure.
CLO4: Techniques of writing a research report.
UNIT – I Introduction to Research Methodology (10 Hours)
• Research-meaning and characteristics, objectives, limitations, Research Methods versus
methodology, qualities of a good research.
• Types of Research and Research Process
• Methods of Data Collection – Primary and Secondary
• Processing of Data- editing, coding and classification of data.
• Measurement and Scaling Techniques- methods of scaling, criteria of a good scale.
UNIT – II Research Design, Sampling Design (10 Hours)
• Research Design- need, essentials of research design, classification of research design –
Exploratory, Descriptive, and Experimental Research Designs.
• Sampling and Sampling Design – Population and Sample, Characteristics of a good
sample, Sampling Design Process, Probability and non-Probability Sampling Techniques,
Sample Size Determination.
43
UNIT- III Hypothesis and Test of Hypotheses (12 Hours)
• Hypothesis- Concept, Formulating of Hypotheses Null and Alternate hypothesis, Type I
and Type II errors, Two-tailed and One-tailed tests.
• Tests of Hypothesis - Z-test, t-test, F-test, Chi-Square test – Test of Independence of
Attributes, Test of goodness of Fit, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA), One- way ANOVA.
UNIT - IV Report Writing (8 Hours)
• Significance of report writing, Steps in writing report, Layout of reports, Mechanics of
writing a research report.
• Characteristics of good research report.
• Technique of writing Bibliography, Importance of Annexure, Citation.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. C.R. Kothari, Gaurav Garg –“Rearch Methodology” New Age International Publishers,
2014.
T2. Naresh Malhotra, Marketing research: an applied orientation, Pearson
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Ranjit Kumar, Research Methodology: a step by step guide for beginners, Sage
R2. Prasant Sarangi, Rearch Methodology, Taxman.
R3. G. Nageswara Rao, Research Methodology and Quantitative Methods, BS Publications
R4. Sharma J K – “Business Statistics” , Pearson Education.
R5. Levin Rubin- “Statistics for Management”, Pearson 2000, New Delhi.
44
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understanding the concept and importance of research, and
the research process.
2
Understand
CLO2 Apply research designs, sampling and data collection methods
in research work.
3
Apply
CLO3 Hypotheses formulation and testing procedure. 6,
Create
CLO4 Techniques of writing a research report. 1,2, 3
Remember,
Understand,
Apply
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M M L H
CLO2 H L H H M M H
CLO3 M H H H M M
CLO4 H M H H M L H M H
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
45
HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
MMG2002 L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To provide students with an understanding of the competitive advantage Human Resource-
can give an organization.
CO2: To impart knowledge of the skills required to be an effective HR manager.
CO3: To understand importance of training and development for keeping an organization
progressive.
CO4: To provide an insight into the art of motivation, compensation management and grievance
handling.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Human Resource Management.
CLO:2 Understand the concept of HRP, Recruitment and Selection.
CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various Training techniques and analyze the ways to improve
self motivation.
CLO4: Create a stress free environment for enhancing productivity.
UNIT - I (08 Hours)
• Human Resources Management (HRM) : Meaning, Nature and Scope
• Difference between HRM and Personnel Management, HRM functions and objectives
• Evolution of concept of HRM.
• Human Resources Development in India
• Role of HR managers
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
• Human Resources planning: Definition, purposes, processes and limiting factors
• Job Analysis – Job Description, Job Specification.
• The systematic approach to recruitment: recruitment policy, recruitment procedures,
recruitment methods and evaluation.
• The systematic approach to selection: the selection procedure, the design of application
form, Placement, Induction/ Orientation, Internal Mobility and separations
UNIT – III (12 Hours)
• Training vs. Development, Training vs. Education- purpose, Advantages of Training.
• Motivation- process ,types and advantages.
• Performance Appraisal: Definition, Purpose of appraisal, 360 degree Performance
Appraisal.
• Compensation Administration: components of pay structure in India,
46
• Incentive Payments : Meaning and Definition, Types and Scope of incentive scheme
• Fringe Benefits
UNIT- IV (10 Hours)
Grievances and discipline: Model Grievance Handling Procedure
Discipline: definition, indiscipline-meaning, disciplinary action and punishment.
Promotion, Transfer and Separation: Promotion – purpose, principles and types; Transfer
– reason, principles types; Separation – lay-off, resignation, retrenchment, Voluntary
Retirement Scheme.
Job Stress, Counseling and Mentoring
TEXT BOOK:
T1. Rao VSP- Human Resource Management- Text and Cases, Excel Books 3rd Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Aswathappa K – “Human Resource and Personnel Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 5th
Ed.
R2. Ivansevich – “Human Resource Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 10th Ed.
R3. Dessler – “Human Resource Management”, Prentice Hall, 10th Ed.
R4. Bernardi – “Human Resource Management”, Tata McGraw Hill, 4th Ed.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description
Bloom’
s
Taxon
omy
Level
CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of Human Resource
Management
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand the concept of HRP, Recruitment and Selection. 2
Understand
CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various Training techniques and
analyze the ways to improve self-motivation.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Create a stress -free environment for enhancing productivity. 6
Create
47
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes(PLOs) Program Specific Outcomes
(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
P
LO
7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1
M
L
M
CLO2
H
M
H
CLO3
H
H
L
L
H
L
CLO4
H
H
L
L
H
L
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
48
BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT
MMG2003 L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1:To provide an in-depth understanding of the various elements/facts of business
environment and to equip with tools and perspective to analyze the effects of various elements
of business environment on internal organization of business.
CO2:To instill awareness in the students of the various external and internal factors that impact
business- Social, Legal, Political and Cultural - imbibe skills on strategies for using them to
benefit economic prospects, also enable the learners to infer the implications of the emerging
trends and issues on business.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Define the environment of business in terms of factors affecting it and to analyze the
impact of such factors.
CLO2: Critically assess the business environment of an organization using selected strategic
tools. Describing the role of the regulatory authorities and the principal effects of regulation
upon Business.
CLO3: Formulate the potential ethical dilemmas and decisions the organization may face in
relation to potential opportunities to gain competitive advantage.
CLO4: Evaluate and Analyze scenarios that synthesize business environment information.
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
Introduction to Business Environment
• The concept of Business Environment, significance and nature. Micro environment-
customers, suppliers, competitors, marketing intermediaries, publics. Macro
environment- Economic, Political and Govt. factors, Socio-cultural factors,
Demographic Factors, Natural factors and International Factors.
• Environmental Change- techniques for analysis, role in strategic management.
Business and culture. Social responsibility of business.
• Economic Systems- Capitalism, Socialism and Mixed Economy and their implications
for business. Mixed Economy of India. Economic roles of governments- its plans and
policies.
49
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
Spotlight on India
• Overview of Monetary and Fiscal Policies. Industrial policy.
• Private, public and joint Co-operative sectors. Industrial sickness. Rationale behind
privatization.
• Village, small and ancillary industries and their importance.
• Rise of- rural market and its impact in context with Indian Economy.
• Impact of Advancement of Technology on business- E-Banking (ATM, Debit and
Credit card), EMI and how it promotes consumerism. Role of Television, Internet and
mobile-phones in integrating and spreading information and trends.
• Indian economy and reforms since 1991
• Discussion on- Dynamic Political Scenario, the budget, changing moral and family
fabric and their impact on business.
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Brief overview of Legal Environment and Tax structure
• Overview of legal business environment
• Concept of tax: a study of direct and indirect taxes
• Tax reforms (MODVAT, CENVAT AND VAT), its implications in Indian economy,
GST and its implications on Indian economy
• Meaning scope and need for Business Law and Legal framework: BIFR, Consumer
Protection Act 1986, FEMA Act, RTI Act.
• Corporate governance and Business ethics
• Correction, measures and impact of NEP on BOP: recent trends.
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
Globalization:
• Meaning, importance and impact
• WTO agreements and applications
• Global recession and new business environment
• Emerging countries- BRIC- Brazil, Russia, India and China
• Multinational companies and their growing power
• Role of Intellectual property rights
• Magnitude and Direction of Indian International Trade, bilateral and multilateral
trade agreements.
• Discussion on-India’s Foreign Policy and opportunities abroad.
50
TEXT BOOKS:
T1 S.K. Mishra and V.K. Puri, Indian Economy, 23rd Edition, Himalaya Publication, 2005
T2 FancisCherunilam- “Business Environment”-Himalaya Publishing House
T3 Justin Paul- “Business Environment”- 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Publication
T4 MC Kuchhal- “Business Law”- Vikas Publishing House
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Mishra S K &Puri V K – “Economic Environment of Business”, Himalaya Publishing
House, 3rd Edition.
R2. Shaikh &Saleem – “Business Environment”, Pearson, 1st Edition
R3. Suresh Bedi – “Business Environment”, Excel Books, 1st Edition.
R4. Gulshan J.J. – “Business Law Including Company Law”, New Age International
Publisher, 13th Edition.
R5. Avtar Singh – “Principles of Mercantile Law”, Eastern Book Company, 7th Edition.
R6. Relevant Acts
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO
Description
Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define the environment of business in terms of factors
affecting it and to analyze the impact of such factors.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Critically assess the business environment of an
organization using selected strategic tools. Describing the
role of the regulatory authorities and the principal effects of
regulation upon Business.
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate.
CLO3 Formulate the potential ethical dilemmas and decisions the
organization may face in relation to potential opportunities
to gain competitive advantage.
3, 4,
Apply,
Analyze,
CLO4 Evaluate and Analyze scenarios that synthesize business
environment information.
3, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
51
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 L M
CLO2
M
L
M
CLO3 L M H H M L
CLO4 M M L L L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
52
FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
MCM2003
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objective:
CO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge of Time Value of Money and other concepts of
Financial Management.
CO2: To analyze and apply the concepts of Financial Management in solving business financial
problems.
CO3: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the area of Finance for the purpose
of the business.
CO4: To demonstrate the skills of planning, controlling and managing finance for the
organization.
Course Learning Outcome (CLO): On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and discuss the concepts financial management
CLO2: Explain and compare the various theories like capital structure theories, dividend
models etc. used in financial management.
CLO3: Calculate and differentiate the various tools and techniques used for decision making
in the corporate world.
CLO4:Assess and justify the financial decisions like investment, financing and dividend,
decisions
UNIT - I (12 Hours)
Conceptual Framework of Financial Management:
⚫ Meaning, Nature and Scope of Financial Management
⚫ Financial Goal- Profit Vs. Wealth Maximization
⚫ Role and Functions of Finance Manager
⚫ Finance Functions-Investment, Financing and Dividend Decisions
⚫ Time Value of Money
⚫ Risk and Return Analysis
UNIT - II (8 Hours)
Investment Decision:
• Investment Decisions- Nature of Investment Decisions, Investment Evaluation Criteria-
Traditional Approach – Payback Period, Accounting Rate of Return (ROR), Modern
Approach – Net Present Value (NPV), Internal Rate Of Return (IRR), Profitability
Index (PI) and Capital Rationing
• Cost of Capital: Significance of Cost of Capital, Calculation of Cost of Equity,
Preference Shares, Debentures and Retained Earnings and Weighted Average Cost of
Capital (WACC)
53
UNIT - III (8 Hours)
Financing Decision:
• Sources of Business Finance: Long – Term Sources of Finance – Equity Shares,
Preference Shares, Debentures and Bonds
• Concept and Approaches of Capital Structure Decision: Net Income Approach (NI),
Net Operating Income Approach (NOI), Traditional and Modigliani Miller Approach
• Leverage Analysis – Financial, Operating and Combined Leverage; EBIT-EPS
Analysis and Indifference Points
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)
• Dividend Decision: Concept of Retained Earnings and Plough Back of Profits,
Relevance and Irrelevance Theories of Dividend Decision: Walter’s Model, Gordon’s
Model and Modigliani Miller Model; Factors Affecting Dividend Decision.
• Working Capital Management: Concept of Working Capital, Factors Affecting
Working Capital Requirement, Management of Working Capital
• Overview of Management of Cash, inventory and receivables.
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. Khan and Jain; “Financial Management- Text and Problems” Tata McGraw Hill, 6th
Ed., 2012.
T2. S.A. Ross, R.W. Westerfield, J.F. Jaffe and G.S. Roberts,. Corporate Finance, McGraw-
Hill Ryerson, 6th Ed., 2011.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Paresh Shah; “Financial Management”, Biztantra, 2nd Ed., New Delhi, 2012
R2. Prasanna Chandra; “Financial Management Theory and Practice”, TMH, 8th Ed., 2011
R3. R P Rustagi; “Financial Management: Theory, Concepts & Problem”, Taxmann, 2010
R4. Lawrence Gitman “Principles of Managerial Finance”, Pearson, 2010
R5. Pandey, I. M.; “Financial Management” Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd, 8th Ed.,
New Delhi, 2010
R6. Gupta, S. P.; “Financial Management”, SahityaBhawan Publication, 2nd revised Ed.,
Agra, 2009
R7. Van Horne &Wachowicz; “Fundamentals of Financial Management”, Pearson, 2009
R8. Weston Besley& Brigham, “Essentials of Managerial Finance ”, W B Saunders, 1996
54
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and discuss the concepts financial management
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Explain and compare the various theories like capital structure
theories, dividend models etc. used in financial management.
2 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Calculate and differentiate the various tools and techniques used
for decision making in the corporate world.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Explain, demonstrate, assess, compare and justify the financial
decisions like investment, financing and dividend, decisions
2, 3, 5
Understand,
Apply,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcome
s
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H
L H M
CLO2 H
M H H M
CLO3 H
M
H H M
CLO4 H
M H H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
55
LEGAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS
MMG2007 L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1:To understand the basic concept of business legislations.
CO2: To analyze the different legal issues of business and to know the legal remedies to solve
the problem.
CO3: To encourage and develop legal thinking for smooth establishment of business concern.
CO4: To understand the problems of consumers and to get knowledge to solve the issues related
with the particular product.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the meaning of different types of company; evaluate the problems of the
different companies and to analyze the cases on different legal issues related with the
establishment of company.
CLO2: Understand the concepts of Indian Contract Act in a business and analyze the issues
on of breach of contract.
CLO3: Understand the concept of Negotiable Instruments Act and to evaluate the decisions of
the court if not suitable to the business concern.
CLO4: Analyze the problems of the consumers and to evaluate the methods to file a complaint
before the consumer forum.
UNIT - I (10 Hours)
Company Law: The concept of company; kinds of companies; Doctrine of lifting the corporate
veil and the stages in the formation of company.
The Memorandum and Articles of Association and their alteration; Doctrine of Ultra-vires;
Director: Appointment, Power, Duties and Liabilities, Meeting and Resolution: Types of
Meeting
UNIT - II (9 Hours)
Indian Contract Act 1872: Formation of contract; kinds of contracts on the basis of
enforceability, essentials of valid consideration and exceptions; Nature of contract of indemnity
and guarantee, law of agency: creation and termination of agency; Sale of Goods Act 1930:
Essentials of a contract of sale; Differences between sale and agreement to sell; conditions and
warranties;
UNIT – III (11 Hours)
Law of Partnership and Negotiable Instruments Act 1881: Essentials of partnership; Kinds of
partners; position of a minor partner; Effect of non-registration of a firm and rules governing
mutual relations between partners; kinds of negotiable Instruments; Essentials of Bills of
exchange; Promising note &cheques, Endorsement and crossing of cheques.
UNIT – IV (10 Hours)
The Information Technology Act 2000: Digital Signature, Electronic Governance, Electronic
Records certifying authorities,
56
Consumer Protection Act: definition of consumer, meaning of consumer dispute, consumer
protection councils, consumer dispute redressal agencies.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Kuchhal, M. C., “Business Law”, Vikas Publishing House, New Delhi, Current
Edition.
T2. Singh, Avtar, “Business Law”, Eastern Book Co. Lucknow, 9th Edition Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Albuquerque, Daniel, “Legal Aspect of Business” Oxford University Press, 2013
R2. Pathak, Akhileshwar, (2009), “Legal Aspects of Business”, 4th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education.
R3. PC Tulsian, “Business Law”, Tata McGraw Hill-2nd Edition
R4. Gulshan SS, Kapoor GK, “Business Law Including Company Law”, New Age
International Publication, 15 Edition.
R5. Bagrial, Ashok, (2008), “Company Law”, Vikas Publishing House.
R6. Kapoor, N. D., (2006), “Elements of Mercantile Law”, Sultan Chand & Sons, New
Delhi.
R7. A.Ramaiyya, “Guide to the Companies” Act, 16th edition, Lexis NexisButterworths
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the meaning of different types of company; evaluate
the problems of the different companies and to analyze the cases
on different legal issues related with the establishment of
company.
2,5,4
Understand
Evaluate,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand the concepts of Indian Contract Act in a business
and analyze the issues on of breach of contract.
2,4
Understand
Analyze
CLO3 Understand the concept of Negotiable Instruments Act and to
evaluate the decisions of the court if not suitable to the business
concern.
2,5
Understand
Evaluate
CLO4 Analyze the problems of the consumers and to evaluate the
methods to file a complaint before the consumer forum
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
57
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H L H H L L
CLO2 H L H H H M H
CLO3 M L H H H H M L
CLO4 M L H H H H M L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
58
ENTREPRENEURSHIP DEVELOPMENT
MMG2013
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To train students in the art of converting an idea into a business.
CO2: To give an overview of various processes which are required to start an innovative
business- for products and/or services
CO3: To motivate and train students to take the entrepreneurial plunge with the planning to
succeed
Course Learning Outcomes:
CLO1: Describe the concept of Entrepreneurship and its importance to the economy for
enhancing productivity and creating jobs.
CLO2: Differentiate between entrepreneurship and business and the skills required to be
successful as an entrepreneur
CLO3: Apply the concepts to identify entrepreneurial opportunity and create a niche for the
enterprise
CLO4: Explain the relevance of intellectual property for an entrepreneur
CLO5: Formulate the marketing strategy, identify international opportunities and configure
the team for organizational success
CLO6: Evaluate financial resources, decide the appropriate legal format for conduction of
business and develop competency for managing the venture through the different phases of
its life cycle
UNIT-I (10 Hours)
⚫ Entrepreneur and Entrepreneurship; Entrepreneurship and economic development,
Entrepreneur vs. Manager.
⚫ Entrepreneurial Competencies, the Entrepreneurial role, task and personality –
Entrepreneurial skills: creativity, problem solving, decision making, communication,
Leadership quality: Mccellend’s need achievement theory, self analysis, personal
efficacy, culture and values, risk taking behaviour, technology backup.
⚫ Factor affecting Entrepreneurial growth
⚫ The Entrepreneurial process – deciding, developing, moving, managing, recognizing.
UNIT -II (08 Hours)
Creativity and innovation; Opportunity recognition in Entrepreneurship, The product concept
and Commercial opportunities, Importance of manufacturing, products and technology, the
product development process. Product Protection: Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights.
L T P C
3 0 0 3
59
Services and Commercial opportunities- Infrastructure of services, types of service ventures,
success factors for service ventures.
UNIT-III (12 Hours)
Marketing Research for new ventures- market research in pre-startup phase, sources of market
intelligence, Competitive analysis and implications. Marketing Functions- product concepts,
distribution, promotion, pricing. Marketing strategies. International Markets and new venture
opportunities.
UNIT-IV (10 Hours)
Organizing – Team Building, Legal forms of business. Financing the new venture- Business
acquisition and franchising, Financial resources for new venture. Managing, Growing and
Ending the new venture. Governmental scheme for promotion of entrepreneurship.
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. David H. Holt- Entrepreneurship- New Venture Creation- PHI
T2.Bharat Bhaskar- Electronic Commerce- Mc Graw Hill, 3rd Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Hisrich, Peters & Shepherd- Entrepreneurship- 6th Edition
R2. Barringer, Entrepreneurship: Successfully launching new ventures, Pearson 3rd Edition
R3. Charantimath, Entrepreneurship: Development and Small Business Enterprise, Pearson
1st Edition.
R4. Rajeev Roy, Entrepreneurship, Oxford.
R5. Drucker, Innovation & Entrepreneurship- Heinemann
R6. PareekUdai, &Venkateshwara Rao- Developing Entrepreneurship- A Handbook on
Learning Systems, Learning Systems.
R7. Kakkar, Enterpreneurship Development (Wiley Dreamtech)
R8. Rai- Entrepreneurship Development (Vikas Publication)
R9. Clifton &Bharadwaj, Entrepreneurial Strength Finder,1st,Gallup Press,2014
R10. Siddhartha Sharma, The Millionaire Entrepreneur- Like a Boss,1st,Learners of Life
Publication,2013
R11. Puneet Srivastava, Accidental Entrepreneur,1st,Rupa& Co.,2012
60
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Describe the concept of Entrepreneurship and its importance
to the economy for enhancing productivity and creating jobs.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between entrepreneurship and business and the
skills required to be successful as an entrepreneur
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts to identify entrepreneurial opportunity
and create a niche for the enterprise
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Explain the relevance of intellectual property for an
entrepreneur
2
Understand,
CLO5 Formulate the marketing strategy, identify international
opportunities and configure the team for organizational
success
3,5
Apply,
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluate financial resources, decide the appropriate legal
format for conduction business and develop competency for
managing the venture through the different phases of its life
cycle
2, 4, 6
Understand,
Analyze, Evaluate
61
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs:
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 L H M M L H
CLO2 M H H L M M
CLO3 H H H H M M
CLO4 H H H H M H
CLO5 H H H M M M
CLO6 M H H M H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
62
PRODUCTION & OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
MMG2006 L T P C
3 0 0 3 (40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To inculcate in students, knowledge of elements of the production process.
CO2: To enable them to use these techniques for optimizing the manufacturing process of the
organization.
CO3:An appreciation for operations management and the crucial role that it plays to
streamline effort, predict results and gain competitive advantage through quality.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Demonstrate how to determine an organization’s strategies and competitive priorities.
Make use of knowledge about managing production process.
CLO2: Outline the roles of specialization, mechanization and standardization in mass
production. Analyze the process involve in production, utilize the concept like work study
and method study.
CLO3: Explain the contributions and problems associated with the use of assembly lines,
automation and robots in producing products and services.
CLO4: Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining large amounts of inventory.
Understand the meaning of TQM and TQC
CLO5: Understand the relationship between Lean Production and JIT. Compare and contrast
between JIT manufacturing and JIT purchasing. Analyze the concept of TPM.
UNIT-I (15 Hours)
Introduction to POM
• Historical milestone in POM, Recent trends in POM and emerging role of
Production and Operations Manager.
• Operation strategy in a global economy, Elements of operation strategy.
• Types of production, classification of production system: job, Batch, Mass
production
• Relationship with other functional areas of management
Designing Operations
• Product/service design: Product & service selection, Generating new Product,
Product development, Factors influencing product design.
• Process Design: Process planning & design, major factors affecting Process
design, Types of process design.
• Facility capacity: Definition, Measurement & Forecasting of capacity demand,
Analyzing capacity, planning decision
• Facility location: Factor affecting location decision,
• Facility layout: Manufacturing facility layout: Product, process & fixed position
layout, Service facility layout.
63
Unit - II (8 Hours)
Managing Production & Operations I
• Supply chain management: Definition, strategic Importance, meaning of a Supply
chain and its objectives and supply chain strategies
• Purchasing: Importance & purchasing process make or buy analysis, vendor
selection, logistic management and warehousing.
Unit -III (10 Hours)
Managing Productions & Operations II
• Inventory management: Definition, types, costs associated with Inventory, Basic
EOQ model, fixed order quantity system, fixed order period system, selective
control of Inventory.
• Quality management: Definition & dimensions of Quality, Cost of quality.
• Quality control: Charts for attributes & variables, acceptance sampling, TQM, six
sigma.
Unit -IV (7 Hours)
Maintaining effective and efficient Operations
• Job design, method analysis work measurement: Labour standard, time study,
work sampling, predetermined time standards.
• Maintenance management: Definition, repair and preventive maintenance
programs.
Brief Introduction of the following topics
• JIT & Lean operations.
• Outsourcing as a supply chain strategy.
• Total productive maintenance.
• Learning curves.
• Benchmarking.
TEXTBOOKS:
T1: B.Krishna Reddy G.Sudarsana Reddy K. Aswathappa, “Production and Operations
Management”, 6th edition, 2012- Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
T2: Mr. K. Shridhara Bhat, “Production and Operations Management”, 1st edition,
2011- Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
REFERENCEBOOKS:
R1: D. R. Patel, S. AChunawalla, “Production and Operations Management”, 8th edition,
2013,Himalayas Publishing House Pvt Ltd.
64
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Course Learning Outcome Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Demonstrate how to determine an organization’s strategies and
competitive priorities. Make use of knowledge about managing
production process
2
Understand
CLO2 Outline the roles of specialization, mechanization and
standardization in mass production. Analyze the process involve
in production, utilize the concept like work study and method
study.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Explain the contributions and problems associated with the use
of assembly lines, automation and robots in producing products
and services.
2
Understand
CLO4 Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of maintaining large
amounts of inventory. understand the meaning of TQM and
TQC
4
Analyze
CLO5 Understand the relationship between Lean Production and JIT.
Compare and contrast between JIT manufacturing and JIT
purchasing. Analyze the concept of TPM
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L L
CLO2 M M
CLO3 H
CLO4 M
CLO5 M M M L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
65
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
MMG2014
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To enable in understanding the role and relevance of operations research in
management.
CO2: To apply OR techniques in getting the best possible solutions to a problem involving
limited resources.
CO3: To identify Project goals, constraints and control needs and resource requirements in
order to achieve project success.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to :
CLO1: Describe the scope of operations research in management decision making and apply.
CLO2: Identify decision making environments under certainty, uncertainty and risk and use
in practical problems.
CLO3: Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution.
CLO4: Illustrate the knowledge of project management and solve the practical problems.
Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution.
UNIT I: (8 Hours)
Introduction: Introduction and scope of operation research,
Decision making Environments: Introduction, types of environment: certainty,
uncertainty, and risk situations, Decision Tree.
UNIT II: (10 Hours)
Linear Programming: mathematical formulations for LP models for product mix
problems, Graphical method, Simplex method, Duality.
Transportation problem: methods of finding initial basic feasible solution, North-West
method, Least cost method, VAM method, Optimum solution-MODI method and stepping
stone method.
66
UNIT III: (10 Hours)
Assignment model: Hungarian algorithm and its applications, maximization of assignment
Problems
Game theory: Concept of game, two-person-zero-sum game, pure and mixed strategy
games, saddle point, dominance method and graphical method for solving mixed strategy
game.
Queueing Theory: Characteristics of M/M/I Queue Model, Applications of queue model
for better service to customers.
UNIT IV: (12 Hours)
Sequencing Problem: Johnson’s Algorithm for n Jobs and Two machines, n Jobs and
Three Machines, Two jobs and m - Machines Problems.
Replacement Problem: Replacement of assets that deteriorate with time, replacement of
assets which fail suddenly.
Project Management: Rules for drawing the network diagram, Applications of CPM and
PERT techniques in Project planning and control;crashing of operations.
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. Sharma, J. K. Operations Research. Macmillan Publication (2012)
T2. Taha, H.A. Operations Research: An Introduction. Pearson Education (2008).
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Vohra, N. D.Quantitative Techniques in Management. Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication(2010).
R2. Swarup, Kanti. Operations Research. Sultan Chand & Sons (2008).
R3. Gupta, P. K., & Hira, D.S. Operations Research. S. Chand & Company Ltd(2008)..
R4. Kalawathy-Operation Research. Vikas Publication, IVth Edition
67
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the scope of operations research in management decision
making and apply.
1,2
Remember
Understand
CLO2 Identify decision making environments under certainty,
uncertainty and risk and use in practical problems.
2,3
Understand
Apply
CLO3 Choose appropriate OR model in finding optimum solution. 3,4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Illustrate the knowledge of project management and solve the
practical problems. Choose appropriate OR model in finding
optimum solution.
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M M L M
CLO2 H L L L
CLO3 H H M H
CLO4 H M H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
68
Software application in management – II
MMG 2503
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To train the student for using the spreadsheet package MS-Excel for business
applications.
CO2: To impart skills of analyzing data and presenting it using MS-Excel.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of an excel spreadsheet.
CLO2: Apply the software for the presentation purpose.
CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving the business issues with
the help of analytical tools.
CLO4: Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific office use
Introduction to Excel
MS excel screen elements – Tool bar, title bar, ribbon, formula bar, status bar. Moving around
a Worksheet, entering and formatting (e.g. Number, Text, Date and Currency) data. Cell
referencing (relative, absolute, mixed), using formulae, Use of Find, Replace, Goto.
Working with Excel
Insert, delete - cells, rows, columns. Sorting (basic, custom), filtering, grouping, ungrouping
data, dealing with subtotals and grand totals. Validating data, protecting cells. Pivot Tables.
Commonly used functions
Sum, Max, Min, Average, Count, Today, Now, Datedif, Countif, CountA, CountBlank, Round,
Roundup, Round Down, ABS, Sign, Ceiling, Floor, Trim, Value, Clean, sqrt, if, sumif
Data Viewing and Reviewing
Inserting comments, spell checks and changes to the worksheet data etc, Viewing data in
different ways eg. Page break, normal etc
Creating and managing charts
Create and modify graphs / charts like Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, Scatter, 3D etc. Working
with multiple sheets, hyper linking.
69
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Remember and explain the basic mechanism and navigation of
an excel spreadsheet.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Apply the software for the presentation purpose. 3
Apply
CLO3 Develop and demonstrate the use of basic analysis for solving
the business issues with the help of analytical tools.
3, 6
Apply,
Create
CLO4 Prepare and investigate spreadsheet for general and specific
office use.
4, 6
Analyze,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs:
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSO
s)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M
M L
CLO2 H M M
M
CLO3 H H H
H L
CLO4 M H M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
70
SOFT SKILLS
MSS2501
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objectives:
CO1: To make students understand the relevance of soft skills.
CO2: To help students develop their verbal and non-verbal communication skills.
CO3: To help students learn and apply personal and professional skills.
CO4: To introduce, demonstrate and help students use correct etiquettes in formal and informal
settings.
CO5: To train the students to be suitable for employment.
Course Learning Outcomes:
CLO1: Discuss the importance of Soft Skills Examine the skills required to be updated. Compare
the behavior and attitude of the students
CLO2: Explain the Verbal Comprehension & listening skills. Illustrate the role and importance
of Verbal Comprehension, listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language,
Examine the importance of listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language.
Evaluate on the basis Question & answers based on read out passage. Compare the
improvement in listening skills, body language.
CLO3: Describe the importance of email writing, application writing, role play Demonstrate
the format of email and application. Evaluate through practice of writing applications, emails
and evaluate role plays through practice. Compare the actual knowledge from previous
knowledge of the students.
CLO4: Explain grooming & etiquette. Experiment business etiquette, meeting Etiquette, social
etiquette. Debate, Conclude and Compare Do’s & Don’t of business etiquette. Construct their
own opinion about the grooming & etiquette.
CLO5: Explain professional skills, leadership & teamwork, GD Skills & Presentation skills.
Demonstrate the importance of leadership and teamwork, GD Skills & presentation skills,
Evaluate qualities of a good leader, qualities of a good team player, difference between leader
& a manager Debate, Conclude and Compare Importance, purpose, types, do’s & don’ts,
difference between GD & Debate. Construct the tips for making effective presentation
71
Unit 1: Icebreaking [01]
Introduction to soft skills, expectations from the course: Importance of soft skills, expectations
from the course, skills that need to be updated.
Unit 2: Verbal Communication Skills [06]
Verbal Comprehension and Listening: Question and answers based on the read out passage,
importance of listening in comprehending, tips to improve listening skills
HAM/JAM: Tips to speak on HAM/JAM, practice of HAM/JAM
Public Speaking and Body Language: Do’s and Don’ts of public speaking, role of body
language in public speaking
Unit 3: Non Verbal Skills [07]
Application & E-mail writing: Email format, application format, e-mail etiquette and practice
of writing applications and emails.
Written Comprehension: Question and answers based on written passage, tips of answering
questions from written comprehension practice.
Role plays on various situations: Role play practice.
Unit 4: Personal Skills [01]
Grooming & Etiquette (Business etiquette, social etiquette): Dos & Don’ts of business
etiquette, meeting etiquette and social etiquette
Unit 5: Professional Skills [09]
Positive Attitude & Confidence: Importance of positive attitude in a person’s life. How to
have a positive attitude?
Leadership & Team work: Importance of leadership & team work in personal & professional
life. Qualities of a good team player. Difference between a leader & a manager.
GD Skills: What is a GD? Purpose of a GD, what is observed in a GD, how to initiate in a
GD, types of GD, do’s and don’t of a GD.
GD Practice: GD practice
Presentation skills: Tips on how to make an effective PPT
72
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. The Ace of Soft Skills- G Ramesh, Mahadevan Ramesh-2013 Edition
T2. Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists- Sangeeta Sharma, Binod Mishra-
2013 Edition
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition
Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able
to:
CLO Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Discuss the importance of Soft Skills Examine the skills required
to be updated. Compare the behavior and attitude of the students
2,4,6
Understand,
Analyze,
Create
CLO2 Explain the Verbal Comprehension & listening skills. Illustrate the
role and importance of Verbal Comprehension, listening skills,
HAM/JAM, public speaking, body language, Examine the
importance of listening skills, HAM/JAM, public speaking, body
language. Evaluate on the basis Question & answers based on read
out passage. Compare the improvement in listening skills, body
language.
2, 3, 4, 6
Understand,
Apply,
Analyzing,
Creating
CLO3 Describe the importance of email writing, application writing, role
play Demonstrate the format of email and application. Evaluate
through practice of writing applications, emails and evaluate role
plays through practice. Compare the actual knowledge from
previous knowledge of the students.
2, 3,6
Understand,
Apply,
Create
CLO4 Explain grooming & etiquette. Experiment business etiquette,
meeting Etiquette, social etiquette. Debate, Conclude and Compare
Do’s & Don’t of business etiquette. Construct their own opinion
about the grooming & etiquette.
2,4,5,6
Understand,
Analyze,
Evaluate,
Create
CLO5 Explain professional skills, leadership & teamwork, GD Skills &
Presentation skills. Demonstrate the importance of leadership and
teamwork, GD Skills & presentation skills, Evaluate qualities of
a good leader, qualities of a good team player, difference between
leader & a manager Debate, Conclude and Compare Importance,
purpose, types, do’s & don’ts , difference between GD & Debate.
Construct the tips for making effective presentation
2,3,6
Understand,
Apply,
Create
73
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs:
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes(PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H L M
CLO2 H L M
CLO3 H L M
CLO4 H L M
CLO5 H L M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
74
APTITUDE & REASONING AND ONLINE TEST
MAP 2501 L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To enable the students to refine their mathematical, logical and analytical skills.
CO2: To enhance their employability skills.
CO3: To prepare the students for competition.
CO4: To give practice sessions to increase students speed and confidence.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify their weakness for various competitive exams their quantitative and reasoning
skills.
CLO2: Examine their employability skills.
CLO3: Develop their Competitive skills.
CLO4: Improve their quantitative and reasoning skills.
UNIT 1
LOGICAL REASONING 1 (3 hours)
Cube Cuboid, Dice and Figure Problem, Venn diagram, Syllogism, Set Theory
UNIT 2
LOGICAL REASONING 2 (3 hours)
PuzzleTest, Matrix, Sitting Arrangement, Statement, Binary Logic
UNIT 3
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 1 (6 hours)
Mixture and Allegation, Ratio and Proportion, Problems on Ages, Time Speed and Distance,
Problems on Boats and Trains, Geometry
UNIT 4
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 2 (6 hours)
Trigonometry, mensuration, algebra and linear and quadratic equations, simp le and compound
interest
UNIT 5
QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE 3 (6 hours)
Permutation and Combination, Probability, Data Interpretation
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. R.S. Agarwal “Quantitative aptitude”
R2. R.S. Agarwal “A modern approach to logical reasoning”
75
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H M L H
CLO2 H H M L H
CLO3 H H M L H
CLO4 H H M L H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify their weakness for various competitive exams their
quantitative and reasoning skills.
3
Apply
CLO2 Examine their employability skills 4
Analyze
CLO3 Develop their Competitive skills 6
Create
CLO4 Improve their quantitative and reasoning skills.
6
Create
76
INDUSTRIAL VISIT
MMG2504 L T P C
0 0 0 1
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To know about the business activities and challenges that organizations come across on
a routine basis.
CO2: To understand how the organizations interpret the challenges and try and find solutions
to them.
CO3: To gain insights about on-ground issues and how they are dealt with inside the
organization.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and describe the various business activities and challenges of modern World
CLO2: Illustrate and criticize the various probable solutions of the business challenges
CLO3: Examine the business activities/issues for the better decision making
CLO4: Develop and improve their critical thinking and communication skills
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and describe the various business activities and
challenges of modern World.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Illustrate and criticize the various probable solutions of
the business challenges.
3, 4
Apply, Analyze
CLO3 Examine the business activities/issues for the better
decision making.
5
Evaluate
CLO4 Develop and improve their critical thinking and
communication skills.
6
Create
77
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H L M
CLO2 H M M M H
CLO3 H M L L M L M H
CLO4 H M L L M M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
78
COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-I
MMG2505
L T P C
0 0 0 1
Course Learning Objectives:
1. To prepare comprehensively about the concept and overall knowledge of all courses.
2. To gain confidence and develop interpersonal skills in the relevant field.
3. To acquaint the students with the overall framework of management concepts in
business administration.
4. To build professional conduct within any team activities.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
1. Understand the concept of management principles and various dimensions.
2. Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing appropriate management
information.
3. Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business administration.
4. Analyze and build professional conduct within any team activities.
Methodology:
The confidence level, presentation and communication skills, decision-making ability and a
comprehensive understanding will be assessed.
The viva voce is of 100 marks and is to be conducted by the external examiners appointed by
the University. A weightage of 1 credits has been given to this to highlight its importance.
79
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of the course students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the concept of management principles and various
dimensions.
2
Understand
CLO2 Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing
management information.
3
Apply
CLO3 Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business
administration.
4
Evaluate
CLO4 Analyze and build professional conduct within any team
activities
4,6
Analyzing,
Creating
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M M M M H M H M H M M H H M
CLO2 H M M M M M H M M M M H M M H
CLO3 H H M H H M H M M M M M M M M
CLO4 H H M H H H H H M H M M L M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
80
III SEMESTER
81
MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEM
MCS3011
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To develop conceptual understanding about latest developments in the field of
Information Technology and the impact of IT in managing a business.
CO2: To find use of Information Technology to gain competitive advantage in business.
CO3: To explain applications as groupware, the Internet, executive information systems,
telecommunications, and other organizational support technologies and relate them to solving
organization problems.
CO4: To describe the basic principles and use of computer systems, storage, communication,
databases, decision support systems, information management, project management, and data
mining in organizations.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and examine how Information Systems are used in organizations for meeting
strategic and operational goals.
CLO2: Inspect the business problems and how the IT applications can improve business
processes through articulation of goal statement, system request, and feasibility analysis.
CLO3: Define and explain the basic principles and use of computer systems, storage,
communication, databases, decision support systems, information management, project
management, and data mining in organizations.
CLO4: Examine and acquire skills using current end-user software for communication, data
transformation, collaboration, and problem-solving.
CLO5: Investigate and assess business information and systems to facilitate evaluation of
strategic alternatives.
Unit-I Management Information system: (10 Hours)
Need, Purpose and Objectives of Data, Information, Knowledge, Types of Information
Systems, Information as a strategic resource, Use of information for competitive advantage,
Application of shared business IS at different levels of management, Decision Support
Systems, Relationship between MIS & TPS.
Unit-II: Decision Support System: (10 Hours)
Decision-making and Role of MIS, Decision Support System, Business Intelligence, Group
Support System, Executive Information Systems, Executive Support Systems, Experts Systems
and Knowledge based Experts Systems, Artificial Intelligence.
82
Unit-III Management Issues in MIS: (10 Hours)
Information Security and controls, Quality assurance, Intellectual Property Rights as related
to IT services/ IT products, Managing Global Information Systems, MIS Model for a digital
firm – Organization Structure for digital firm.
UNIT IV Managing Information Technology: (10 Hours)
Enterprise & Global management, Security & Ethical challenges of Information System,
System implementation Strategies and process; System Evaluation and Maintenance,
Applications: Enterprise Resource Planning, Supply Chain Management, Customer
Relationship Management in business.
Text Books
T1. Management Information Systems by Obrien, Marakas and Ramesh Behl, TMGH
T2. Management Information Systems by Jawadekar, TMGH, 4 th Edition.
Reference Books
R1. Management Information Systems by Laudon, Laudon, Dass, Pearson Education Asia,
11th Edition.
R2. Management Information Systems by D P Goyal, Vikas publication, 4th edition.
R3. Management Information Systems by Dr. D. B. Bharati& Rohan Dahivale Himalaya
Publications.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and examine how Information Systems are used in
organizations for meeting strategic and operational goals.
2,3
Understand,
Apply
CLO2 Inspect the business problems and how the IT applications can
improve business processes through articulation of goal statement,
system request, and feasibility analysis.
4
Analyze
CLO3 Define and explain the basic principles and use of computer systems,
storage, communication, databases, decision support systems,
information management, project management, and data mining in
organizations.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO4 Examine and acquire skills using current end-user software for
communication, data transformation, collaboration, and problem-
solving.
4
Analyze
CLO5 Investigate and assess business information and systems to facilitate
evaluation of strategic alternatives.
4,5
Analyze,
Evaluate
83
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSO
s) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L H H
CLO2 H M L H M H
CLO3 L M L H H
CLO4 L M L H M H
CLO5 H M L M
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
84
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE & BUSINESS ETHICS
MMG3001
(40 Hours)
Course Objective:
CO1: To explain concept of Corporate Governance, highlight its importance for corporate
success, trace its evolution and chart its future in modern India.
CO2: To illustrate the concept and application of Indian values and ethics to business.
CO3: To assess Indian cultural values and their unique contribution to business in the
subcontinent.
CO4: To describe ethics in different functional areas of business.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the concept of Corporate Governance & Business Ethics- history, evolution,
process; social responsibility and international perspectives.
CLO2: Differentiate between values and ethics and their impact on business.
CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt from the Indian Value System, teachings from scriptures and
tradition to contemporary business situations.
CLO4: Explain the relevance of ethics in different market systems, functional areas and in the
domain of intellectual property
CLO5: Formulating the Corporate Governance Structure for gaining competitive advantage via
ethical means
CLO6: Evaluating Total Quality Management, brand building, promotional strategies and
business restructuring for succeeding in the corporate scenario
UNIT-I (12 Hours)
Corporate Governance: A brief history of Corporate Governance, Agency Theory and the
Separation of Ownership and Control, Evolution of Corporate Governance Practices and
Regulations, need of corporate governance code, Code of Corporate Practices, Social
Responsibility of Corporate, Corporate Social Reporting, Social Audit, Corporate Governance
and the Role of Board (BOD), Corporate Governance System Worldwide, Corporate
Disclosure and Investor Protection in India
UNIT-II (08 Hours)
Values impact in Business- Teachings from the Indian Subcontinent: Indian Value System
and Values, Teaching from scriptures and tradition (Geeta, Ramayana, Mahabharata,
Upanishads, Vedas, Bible and Quran).
L T P C
3 0 0 3
85
UNIT-III (08 Hours)
Ethics impact in Business: Ethical Issues in Capitalism and market systems, Ethics and social
responsibility, Ethics and marketing, Ethics in finance, Ethics and human resource, Ethics and
Information Technology. Ethical theories and approaches, Intellectual property rights like
designs, patents, trade- marks, copy rights.
UNIT-IV (12 Hours)
Corporate Strategy: The future of Corporate Governance. Gaining Competitive advantage
via ethical means- Global industrial competition, Information Technology, Competitive
Strategy, Benchmarking, Total Quality Management, Brand Building, Promotional Strategies,
Corporate Restructuring, Mergers and Acquisitions, Supply Chain Management, Horizontal
Organization, Diversification.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1.Satheesh Kumar, Corporate Governance (2010), Oxford Higher Education
T2.Vashisth and Rajput, Corporate Governance, Ethics and Values, Taxmann Publication
T3. Corporate Governance in India: An Evaluation by Subhash Chandra, 3rd Edition, PHI.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.S.S. Iyer - Managing for Value (New Age International Publishers, 2002)
R2.Laura P Hartman Abha Chatterjee - Business Ethics (Tata McGraw Hill, 2007)
R3. S.K. Bhatia -Business Ethics and Managerial Values (Deep & Deep Publications Pvt.Ltd.
R4.Velasquez – Business Ethics – Concepts and Cases (Prentice Hall, 6thEd.)
R5.Reed Darryl – Corporate Governance, Economic Reforms & Development (Oxford).
R6.Mathur UC – Corporate Governance & Business Ethics (Mc Millan).
86
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Describe the concept of Corporate Governance & Business
Ethics- history, evolution, process; social responsibility and
international perspectives.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between values and ethics and their impact on
business.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt from the Indian Value System,
teachings from scriptures and tradition to contemporary
business situations.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Explain the relevance of ethics in different market systems,
functional areas and in the domain of intellectual property
2, 3, 4
Understanding, Applying,
Analyzing
CLO5 Formulating the Corporate Governance Structure for gaining
competitive advantage via ethical means
3,5
Applying
Evaluating
CLO6 Evaluating Total Quality Management, brand building,
promotional strategies and business restructuring for
succeeding in the corporate scenario
2, 4, 6
Understanding, Analyzing
Evaluating
87
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M M M H H M L H
CLO2 M H M M M H M L H
CLO3 M M M M M H M L M
CLO4 M M M M H M L H L
CLO5 H M M M H M L M
CLO6 H H H M M H M M H L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
88
SUMMER TRAINING - PROJECT REPORT
MMG3505 L T P C
0 0 2 3
Course Objective:
CO1: To provide Student Interns a platform to take up on-the-job Training and develop a
network which will be useful in enhancing their career prospects.
CO2: To develop skillsfor the job. Students who have good internship experience can be hired
easily and earn more than students who do not. More and more employers are seeking students
who have relevant experience and are familiar with the work environment.
CO3: To demonstrate team work and to create familiar with an organization’s culture and work
style.
CO4: To get sensitized with rigors of corporate world.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1:Identify and understand the complexities of the business world.
CLO2: Interpret and demonstrate the skills needed to be successful in the business world.
CLO3: Analyze and examine the business problems and find out it’s probable solution.
CLO4: Develop, Plan and convert a business idea into reality.
An internship is a large part of a student’s formula for acquire the skill for the job. Students
who have good internship experience can be hired easily and earn more than students who do
not. More and more employers are seeking students who have relevant experience and are
familiar with the work environment. After a student completes an internship, it improves
his/her employability chances, the advantage here is that these students are already familiar
with an organization’s culture and work style.
The process involves working under the mentorship of an executive of the concerned
organization and also with a faculty member of the institute where the student is studying, if
required. The student is expected to first understand the organization and its setting and the
industry/field in which the organization is operating. Thereafter, the student is expected to
concentrate on the specific topic ofstudy, its objectives, its rationale, and adopt a methodology
and identify a suitable analysis procedure for the completion of the study. Wherever possible
the student may provide recommendations and action plans, along with the findings of the
study.
89
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and Understand the complexities of the business world.
1, 2,
Remember
Understand
CLO2 Interpret and demonstrate the skills needed to be successful in the
business world.
3, 4
Apply.
Analyze
CLO3 Analyze and examinethe business problems and find out it’s
probable solution.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Develop, Plan and convert a business idea into reality. 6
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 M
M M M
CLO2 H
M
M M
CLO3 H
M
H L H
CLO4 H
M H L H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
90
SOFT SKILLS
MSS 3501
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
CO1: To describe students do Self Analysis.
CO2: To develop student’s verbal and non-verbal communication skills.
CO3: To check students learn and apply personal and professional skills.
CO4: To develop skills in the students to be suitable for employment.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1:Evaluate Goal setting & SWOT HOW to do SWOT, Apply SWOT & Goal setting.
CLO2: Develop resume, List various factors required for resume
CLO3: Describe the importance of email writing, application writing Demonstrate the format
of email and application. Evaluate through practice of writing applications, emails. Compare
the actual knowledge from previous knowledge of the students.
CLO4: Explain aim and types of interview. Discuss the various skills required for interview.
Demonstrate body language during interview Analyse likely questions to be asked, Organize
mock interview, Discuss qualities of the professional of new millennium, How to develop a
business plan, Organize quiz.
Unit 1: INTRODUCTION [01]
Goal setting & SWOT: Techniques of goal setting, SMART goals & SWOT analysis.
Unit 2: RESUME WRITING [02]
Resume Writing: CV Format & Guidelines, Career Objective: Framing and Career Objective,
Finding relevant competencies- skills, aptitude and qualities, achievements, projects,
internship, extra-curricular activities.
Unit 3: REVISION OF WRITTEN COMMUNICATION SKILLS [02]
Revision of Application & E-mail writing: Email format, application format, e-mail etiquette
and practice of writing applications and emails.
Unit 4: PROFESSIONAL SKILLS [09]
Personal Branding: Definition & Concept of Personal Branding, Steps to Personal Branding.
EQ & IQ: What is EQ, Difference between EQ & IQ, Major Components of EQ & IQ, How to
raise your EQ, Relation between EQ & Success
91
Management Styles: Concept of Management, Levels of Management & the skills needed,
Functions of a manager, Management Styles, Leadership vs Management GD.
Persuasive Skills & Selling Skills: What is Persuasion, Importance of Persuasion in selling,
Selling Tips, Activity
Group Discussion (Abstract, Current Affairs based, Management Related, Case Based GD):
Practice of GD
Unit 5: INTERVIEW SKILLS & CAMPUS TO CORPORATE [09]
Interview Skills: Interview Question & Answers- Types & Structuring of answers giving
relevant examples, handling situational questions.
Telephonic Interview/Skype Interview Tips: Reasons for telephonic/skype interview, rules to
be observed & practiced.
Mock Interview-(HR, Technical, Behavioural & Situation Based): Panel interview practice
Qualities in the New Millennium Professional: Qualities needed in the new millennium
professional.
Creativity: What is creativity, how to be creative and importance of creativity. Creativity in
developing a business plan.
Business Quiz- Quiz on basic information about various companies related to heir field.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. The Ace of Soft Skills- G Ramesh, Mhadevan Ramesh-2013 Edition
T2. Communication Skills for Engineers & Scientists- Sangeeta Sharma, Binod Mishra-
2013 Edition
T3 From Campus to Corporate- Ramchandran & Kartik, Pearson Publications
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1 Personality Development by Rajiv Mishra-2014 Edition
92
Course Learning Objective (CLO): On completion of this course the students will be able to
CLO Description
Bloom’s Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Evaluate Goal setting & SWOT, HOW to do SWOT
Apply SWOT & Goal setting
3, 5
Apply,
Evaluate
CLO2 Develop resume and List various factors required
for resume
3, 5
Apply,
Create
CLO3 Describe the importance of email writing,
application writing Demonstrate the format of
email and application. Evaluate through practice of
writing applications, emails Compare the actual
knowledge from previous knowledge of the
students.
2, 3, 6
Understand,
Apply,
Evaluate,
Create
CLO4 Explain aim and types of interview. Discuss the
various skills required for interview. Demonstrate
body language during interview Analyse likely
questions to be asked, Organize mock interview,
Discuss qualities of the professional of new
millennium, How to develop a business plan,
Organize quiz
1, 2,3, 4, 6,
Remember,
Understand, Apply,
Analyse,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 L M L
CLO2 M M
CLO3 H M
CLO4 H M H L L M M M
H: HighM: MediumL: Low
93
APTITUDE & REASONING AND ONLINE TEST
MAP 3501 L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
CO1: To explain and train the students to refine their mathematical, logical and analytical skills.
CO2: To augment student’s employability skills.
CO3: To prepare the students for competition.
CO4: To develop and design sessions to increase their speed and confidence.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1:Identify self-weakness for various competitive exams their quantitative and reasoning
skills.
CLO2: Examine self-employability skills
CLO3: Develop Competitive skills
CLO4: Develop quantitative and reasoning skills.
UNIT 1 : INTRODUCTION TO BASIC LR (3 hours)
Coding and decoding, alphabet , blood relationship,direction sense test,series completion
UNIT 2: INTRODUCTION TO DATES AND TIME (3 hours)
calendar: day fetching using the concept of standard table,backward stepping table,forward
stepping table,clock:problem on angle,time variation,incorrect time
UNIT 3: NUMBER SYSTEM (6 hours)
Number system,introduction, divisibility rule,last digit calculation, number of
zeroes,remainder theorem
UNIT 4: BASICS OF QUANTITATIVE APTITUDE (8 hours)
HCF and LCM, work and time, statistics ,power and roots ,percentage
UNIT 5: PROFIT LOSS AND DISCOUNT (4 hours)
profit and loss, function inequalities and crypto arithmetic
REFERENCE BOOKS:
Dr. R S Aggarwal “Quantitative aptitude”,S. Chand Publishing , 2018
Dr. R S Aggarwal “A modern aproach to logical reasoning”,S. Chand Publishing , 2018
94
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify self-weakness for various competitive exams their
quantitative and reasoning skills.
1
Remember
CLO2 Examine self-employability skills 5
Evaluate
CLO3 Develop Competitive skills 6
Create
CLO4 Develop quantitative and reasoning skills. 6
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes (PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H H M L H L M H
CLO2 H H M L H L M H
CLO3 H H M L H L M H
CLO4 H H M L H L M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
95
SPSS
MMG3506
L T P C
0 0 2 1
Course Objective:
CO1: To develop transferable skills in students, to understand the uses of SPSS, as a tool to
summarize and aid in the interpretation of research findings.
CO2: To explain different statistics tools and their application in business practices.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Memorize and explain the SPSS as a data analysis tool
CLO2: Infer and execute how to work with SPSS
CLO3: Develop and demonstrate the use of SPSS to understand and interpret chart
CLO4: Experiment how to enter and devise reorganizing information within SPSS
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:-
1. Learning the Basics of SPSS.
2. Looking at Frequency Distributions and Descriptive Statistics.
3. Presenting Data in Graphic Form.
4. Testing Research Hypotheses for Two Independent Samples.
5. Testing Research Hypotheses about Two Related Sampled.
6. Comparing Independent Samples with One‐way ANOVA.
7. Comparing related Samples with One‐way ANOVA.
8. Measuring the Simple Relationship between Two Variables.
9. Comparing related Samples with Regression Analysis
10. Assessing the Association between Two Categorical Variables.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. George &Mallery, “SPSS for Windows step by step 17.0”, Pearson
R2. Ready, Set, GO! A Student Guide to SPSS, Thomas Pavkov, Kent Pierce, TMH.
R3. Data Analysis with SPSS, Carver and Nash, Cengage.
96
Course Learning Objectives: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learnin
g
Outcom
es
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
P
LO
6
PL
O7
P
LO
8
PL
O9
P
LO
10
P
LO
11
P
LO
12
P
SO
1
PS
O2
P
SO
3
PS
O4
CLO1
L H M L L H
CLO2
L H L L H
CLO3
L L H L L H
CLO4
L H L L H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Memorize and explain the SPSS as a data analysis tool 1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Infer and execute how to work with SPSS 3
Apply
CLO3
Develop and demonstrate the use of SPSS to understand and
interpret chart
3, 6
Apply,
Create
CLO4
Experiment how to enter and devise reorganizing
information within SPSS
4, 6
Analyze,
Create
97
Electives:
MARKETING
MANAGEMENT
98
SALES AND DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-MK
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To Understand and anticipate customer expectations and needs and various facets of the
job of a sales manager.
CO2: To demonstrate the sales and distribution function of marketing.
CO3: To elucidate the process of sales strategy formulation and organizing sales staff.
CO4: To understand the selling process and applying the same into business situations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the concept of Selling & Sales Management. Define the role of Personal
Selling as part of overall Marketing Campaign of an Organization.
CLO2: Critically analyses the Sales environment with respect to prevailing Marketing
Environment and thus, formulating Sales Budget, setting Quotas and determining Territories.
Evaluate Training Needs, Motivation & determination of Compensation Package of Sales
Personnel.
CLO3: Understand the concept Distribution Network, its major constituents, Channel Partners
& Dynamics. Analyze the concurrent distribution environment and emergence of new ways of
distribution using E-commerce platform.
CLO4: Apply proper channel design & its management and conflict strategies for optimizing
sales. Evaluate the requirement of resource allocation, deployment of distribution team and
their motivation strategies to meet desired sales objectives.
UNIT- I (12 Hours)
Introduction to Sales: Role of selling in Marketing Concept of Personal Selling, Sales
Management and Salesmanship, Process of Personal Selling, Qualities of a Successful
Salesman. Goals in Sales Management: Goal Setting Process in Sales Management,
UNIT- II (10 Hours)
Sales Force Management: Preparation of Sales Budget, Formulating Selling Strategies,
Designing Sales Territories and Sales Quota. Organizing the Sales Force, Designing the
Structure and Size of Sales Force, Recruitment and Selection of Sales Force, Leading and
Motivating the Sales Force, Training and Compensating the Sales Force, Sales Contests,
Evaluation and Analysis.
99
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Introduction to Distribution Management: Concept of Distribution Channel, Pattern of
Distribution, Importance of a Channel, Types of Channels, Primary Distributors, Specialized
Distributors and Participants, E-Retailer, Distributors: Policies and Strategies.
UNIT- IV (8 Hours)
Channel Management: Channel design, Traditional & Merged approach in sales &
Distribution Model, Distributors Selection and appointment, Channel Conflicts and their
Resolutions, Training & Motivating the Distributors Sales Team.
TEXT BOOK:
T1. Panda and Sahadev, Sales& Distribution Management, Oxford Univ. Press, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Dr. S.L.Gupta, Sales & Distribution Management, Text & Cases: An Indian
Perspective, 2009, Excel Publication.
R2. Donaldson B - Sales Management : Theory and Practice (Palgrave)
R3. Jobber David and Lancaster Geoff - Selling and Sales Management (Pearson
Education)
R4. Spiro - Sales Force Management (Tata McGraw Hill, 11th Ed.)
R5. Still Richard R, Cundiff Edward W. and Govoni Norman A.P - Sales Management:
Decisions, Strategies and Cases (Pearson Education, 5th Ed.)
R6. Rosenbloom – Marketing Channels (Cengage Learning, 7th Ed.)
R7. Johnson and Marshall - Sales Force Management (Tata McGraw Hill, 8th Ed.)
R8. Coughlan A.T., Stern Louis W., EL-Ansary A.I. and Anderson E - Marketing Channels
(Prentice Hall of India, 6th Ed.)
100
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO
Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1
Understand the concept of Selling & Sales Management. Define the role
of Personal Selling as part of overall Marketing Campaign of an
Organization.
2
Understand
CLO2
Critically analyses the Sales environment with respect to prevailing
Marketing Environment and thus, formulating Sales Budget, setting
Quotas and determining Territories. Evaluate Training Needs,
Motivation & determination of Compensation Package of Sales
Personnel.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO3
Understand the concept Distribution Network, its major constituents,
Channel Partners & Dynamics. Analyze the concurrent distribution
environment and emergence of new ways of distribution using E-
commerce platform.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO4
Apply proper channel design & its management and conflict strategies
for optimizing sales. Evaluate the requirement of resource allocation,
deployment of distribution team and their motivation strategies to meet
desired sales objectives.
3, 5
Apply,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 M L L H H L L
CLO2 M M
M L
H H M M
CLO3 M H L H H M L
CLO4 M L M M H H M H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
101
INTEGRATED MARKETING COMMUNICATION
MMG3004-MK
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To remember the concept of Integrated Marketing Communications (IMC) and its
influence on marketing and other promotional activities.
CO2: To explain the marketing communication process and its role in advertising and brand
promotion.
CO3: To analyze the importance of message design, content and creativity involved in
message designing.
CO$: To explore the various tools of promotion like sales promotion, publicity, public
relations etc. and apply those in real life marketing situations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand and memorize an Integrated Marketing Communication approach for the
development of overall advertising and promotional plan.
CLO2: Explain and highlight the process of advertising, appeals for advertising, roles,
functions and compensation etc. for advertising agencies.
CLO3: Illustrate the effectiveness of advertisement, legal and ethical issues and importance of
massage designing.
CLO4: Demonstrate the understanding on the characteristics of different forms of marketing
communications such as advertising, sales promotions, public relations, point-of-purchase
communications etc.
CLO5: Investigate and assess the fundamentals of advertising in real life marketing situations
and cases.
UNIT I (12 hours)
Marketing Communication: Objectives of Marketing Communication, Functional areas of
marketing communication. Integrated Marketing Communication (IMC): concepts and
process, Factors contributing to IMC, Role of IMC in branding, IMC Partners, Promotion Mix,
Integrating IMC in Marketing Mix.
UNIT II (10 Hours)
Advertising Management: Meaning, Nature and Scope of Advertising, Classification of
advertising, Process of Advertising, STP Strategies for Advertising, Communication Model
with reference to Advertising, AIDA. Advertising campaigns, Fundamentals of Advertising
Campaigns, Advertising Appeal, Advertising Agencies – their role, functions, organization,
Compensation, client agency relationship.
102
UNIT III (8 Hours)
Measuring Effectiveness of Advertisement, Legal and Ethical concepts and issues in
Advertising, Advertising Research. Message Design-The Creative concept development; the
creative processes of the different forms of IMC; Source of the message, Message integration
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
Emerging Concepts and Issues in Marketing Communications: Programmatic, native
advertising, video, mobile, digital, Sponsorship, Role of E-Commerce in Marketing
Communication. Corporate advertising, Advertorials and Infomercials. Public Relations –
Types & Tools of PR, Sales Promotion – Different types of Sales Promotion, Publicity – Types
of Publicity, Personal Selling, Direct marketing, Event Management, Unconventional
Promotional methods
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. George E Belch & Michael A Blelch : Advertising and promotion- An integrated Marketing
Communication Perspective-Mc Graw Hill Education, 2014, 10th Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Siraj M Joseph &Rahtz Don R : Integrated Marketing Communication – A Strategic
Approach, engage Learning
R2. Kenneth Clow& Donald Baack : Integrated Advertising, Promotion, and Marketing
Communications, Pearson Education, Limited
R3. Borden & Marshall : Advertising Management; MV Taraporevala Sons’ Co
R4. Pvt. Ltd, Richard D Irwin Inc. Homewood, Illinois
R5. Kruti Shah & Alan D’ Souza :Advertsing& promotions an IMC perspective- Mc Graw
Hill education.
103
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand and memorize an Integrated Marketing
Communication approach for the development of overall
advertising and promotional plan.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Explain and highlight the process of advertising, appeals for
advertising, roles, functions and compensation etc. for
advertising agencies.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO3 Illustrate the effectiveness of advertisement, legal and ethical
issues and importance of massage designing.
3,
Apply
CLO4 Demonstrate the understanding on the characteristics of
different forms of marketing communications such as
advertising, sales promotions, public relations, point-of-
purchase communications etc.
3
Apply
CLO5 Investigate and assess the fundamentals of advertising in real
life marketing situations and cases.
4,5
Analyse
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Cour
se
Lear
ning
Outc
omes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSO
s)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1
L L L H H H
CLO2 L L H L H L
CLO3 M L L L H H
CLO4 H L M H L
CLO5 H L H L H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
104
CONSUMER BEHAVIOUR
MMG3005-MK
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the concepts of consumer behavior in an informed and systematic way.
CO2: To examine the psychology of consumers how they think, feel, reason, and select
between different alternatives (e.g., brands, products, and retailers).
CO3: To analyze personal, socio-cultural, and environmental dimensions that influence
consumer decisions making.
CO4: To explain designing and evaluating the marketing strategies based on the information
learned from consumer behavior
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of consumer behavior and its application to marketing.
CLO2: Distinguish between different consumer behaviour influences and their relationships.
CLO3: Apply and analyze dynamics such as personality, perception, learning, motivation and
attitude to the choices consumers make.
CLO4: Analyze the trends in consumer behavior and apply them to the marketing of an actual
product or service.
UNIT-I (10 Hours)
Consumer Behaviour
• Introduction: Introduction: Nature, scope of Consumer Behaviour – Consumer and
Marketing Strategy – Determinants of Consumer Behaviour – Models of consumer
behaviour- (Nicosia, Howard Seth Model, Blackwell Model), Profile of the Indian
Consumer.
• Consumer Decision Making Process- Problem recognition, Search and evaluation,
purchasing process, Post-purchase Behaviour.
• Organizational Buying Behaviour
UNIT- II (11 Hours)
Environmental Influence on Consumer Behaviour:
• Culture-Cultural Values, Cultural Change and Counter cultures, Cross cultural
understanding of Consumer Behaviour.
• Social Class: Measurement & Categorization, Social Class Lifestyles, Social Class &
consumer behaviour
105
• Social Groups: Classification of Groups, Group Properties, Nature of Influence
Reference group Influence
• Family: Family Life Cycle, Family Purchasing Decisions
UNIT-III
Individual Influence on Consumer Behaviour: (10 Hours)
Personality and Self Concept: Meaning of Personality, influence on Purchase decision.
Motivation and Involvement: Types of buying motives, Motive Hierarchy, Dimensions of
Involvement.
Learning and Memory: Meaning & Principal Elements of Learning, Characteristics of Memory
Systems, Recall.
UNIT- IV (9 Hours)
Consumer Decision Making: Type of decision making & involvement, Information search
pattern & Marketing strategy.
Post Purchase Behavior: Satisfaction/Dissatisfaction-loyalty/nonuse or complaint behavior,
Post purchase dissonance, measuring satisfaction, Handling complaint.
TEXTBOOK:
T1. Loudon &Bitta, Consumer Behaviour, Tata McGraw Hill 15th Reprint 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Hawkins, Best, et all, Consumer Behaviour- Building Marketing Strategy, Tata
McGraw Hill- 9th Edition
R2. Schiffman&Kanuk, Consumer Behaviour, PHI-9th Edition
R3. Miniad& Engel, Consumer Behaviour, South Western, 1st Edition
R4. Parson &Mclaran, Contemporary issues in Marketing and Consumer Behaviour,
Butterworth.
R5. Peelen Ed, Customer Relationship Management, Pearson Education- 1st Edition
106
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of consumer behavior and its
application to marketing.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Distinguish between different consumer behaviour influences and
their relationships.
3,4
Apply
Analyze
CLO3 Apply and analyze dynamics such as personality, perception,
learning, motivation and attitude to the choices consumers make.
4
Analyze
CLO4 Analyze the trends in consumer behavior and apply them to the
marketing of an actual product or service.
3, 5
Apply,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 L L M H L H
CLO2 L L M H L H
CLO3 L L M H L H
CLO4 L L M H L H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
107
Electives:
HUMAN
RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
108
HUMAN RESOURCE PLANNING AND PERFORMANCE
MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-HR
(40 hours)
Course Objective: CO1: To explain students about Performance Management.
CO2: To understand the concept of competency management and human resource practices in
India.
CO3: To plan the various stages of human resource planning.
CO4: To explain about career planning and succession planning.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concept and various methods of Performance Management.
CLO2: Understand the concept of competency mapping and HRD practices.
CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various stages of Human Resource Planning and its issues
and challenges.
CLO4: Assess and build an environment for Career Planning and Succession Planning.
UNIT-I (10 Hours)
Performance Management
Understanding Performance Management, Elements of the Performance Management,
Performance Planning: Setting Objectives, Performance Evaluation, Potential Problems in
Performance Evaluations, Performance Review, Reward & Recognition.
UNIT- II (08 Hours)
Competency Management& Human Resource Management Practices in India
Introduction to Competency Management, , Competency Framework, Competency-Based HR
Processes, Career Planning & Succession Planning Process, Assessment & Development
Centers, Understanding, HRM Practices in India, Career Management, Role of HR in Career
Management.
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Human Resource Planning -Introduction, Defining HRP, Activities required for HRP /
Manpower Planning, Responsibilities of the HR Department, Steps in HRP / Manpower
Planning, Application of Industrial Engineering Techniques, Objectives of HRP, Manpower
Demand Forecasting, Macro & Micro Human Resource Planning, HRP Process Outlook, Time
Scale of HRP, Models for better Managerial Judgment Manpower.
L T P C
3 1 0 4
109
UNIT- IV (12 Hours)
Career Planning, Development & Succession Planning- Definition of Career, Important
Elements of Career, , Significance & Advantages of Career Development, Objectives of Career
Development, Types of Career Development Program, Different Stages or Cycles of Career,
Development Process, Career Anchors, Career Planning and Career Development, Developing
Career Paths , Steps in the Career Planning process, Future of Career Planning and
Development in India, Succession Planning, New HR Roles & Competencies, HR’s Role as a
Strategic Partner, HR and Six Sigma Practices, HR & Innovation and Creativity, BPO and
HRO, Knowledge management, Lean Management and HRP.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Human Resource Management : Sharon Pandey &SwapnalekhaBasak, Pearson
Publication , ISBN – 978-81-317-6121-2
T2. D K Bhattacharyya , Human Resource Planning, Excel Books India, 2009
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. “Performance Management “ ,Herman Aguinis ,2nd Edition ,Prentice Hall Publication.
R2. Performance Management,” Robert becal”Mc .Graw-Hill Publisher ,1st Edition,-ISBN
-0070718660.
R3. William J. Rothwell, H. C. Kazanas, Planning and Managing Human Resources:
Strategic Planning for Human Resources Management, Human Resource Development, 2003
R4. M.S. Reddy, , Human Resource Planning, Discovery Publishing House, 2005
R5. Monica Belcourt& Ken McBey, Strategic Human Resource Planning [Paperback]
Nelson College Indigenous; 4 edition
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Define and describe the concept and various methods of
Performance Management.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand the concept of competency mapping and HRD
practices.
2
Understand
CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various stages of Human Resource
Planning and its issues and challenges.
4 ,5
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Assess and build an environment for Career Planning and
Succession Planning.
5,6
Evaluate,
Create
110
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M H H M M H H H H
CLO2 H M M M L H M M H H
CLO3 H M M M M H M H L H H
CLO4 H M M M H M H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
111
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS & LABOUR LAWS
MMG3004-HR
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To describe fundamental laws, policies, programs, and skills related to developing
organization's human capital.
CO2: To understand the nature of effective employee and labour relations and their importance
to business operation and society.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Critically analyze the role of trade unions and compare the main state specialized
agencies in India.
CLO2: Exemplify the uses and implications of legal provisions for human resources in an
Industry.
CLO3: Identify and examine the importance of voluntarism as a dispute resolution mechanism
of long standing importance and effectiveness in the workplace.
CLO4: Assess the implications of current and intended legislation plus contemporary decisions
of various adjudicating bodies on an organization's personnel policies, practices and
procedures.
CLO5: Illustrate that labour law does not always present a humanitarian solution to people
problems, the personnel policies, practices and devise procedures of an organization so as to
be legally compliant at all times.
UNIT – I (8 Hours)
Industrial Relation: Concept, Scope and Approaches to Industrial Relations‐ Unitary,
Pluralistic, and Radical approach, Industrial Relations Systems(IRS), Evolution of IR in India
; Role of State; Trade Union; Employers' Organization; ILO in IR, Technological Change in
IR-Employment issues
UNIT – II (8 Hours)
Collective Bargaining : Concept, meaning and objectives, Approaches, technique & Strategies
to collective Bargaining, Process of Collective Bargaining, Impact of Collective Bargaining.
Labour turnover; Absenteeism; Workers' participation in management. International
Dimensions of IR.
UNIT – III (12 Hours)
112
Labour Legislations I: Industrial Dispute Act 1947, Factories Act 1948, Trade Union Act
1926, Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946.
UNIT – IV (12 Hours)
Labour Legislations II: Payment of Wages Act, Payment of Bonus Act, Minimum Wages
Act, Workmen's Compensation Act, Employees' State Insurance Act, Payment of Gratuity Act,
Employees Provident Fund Act. Maternity Benefit Act
TEXT BOOKS:
T1.Dynamics of Industrial Relations, Mamoria CB, Mamoria, Gankar, Himalayan
Publications.
T2. Dynamics of Industrial Relations by R K Suri T N Chhabra, Pentagon Press.
T3. Industrial Relations: Emerging Paradigms, B. D. Singh, Excel Books,
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Industrial Relations and Labour Laws, Srivastava SC, Vikas Publishing House.
R2. Industrial Relations, ArunMonappa, McGraw Hil,
R3. Industrial Relations Systems, John T. Dunlop, Harvard Business School Press,
R4. Industrial Relations,TradeUnions,andLabour Legislation, P. R. N. Sinha, Pearson
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Critically analyze the role of trade unions and compare the main
state specialized agencies in India.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Exemplify the uses and implications of legal provisions for
human resources in an Industry.
1
Remember
CLO3 Identify and examine the importance of voluntarism as a dispute
resolution mechanism of long standing importance and
effectiveness in the workplace.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Assess the implications of current and intended legislation plus
contemporary decisions of various adjudicating bodies on an
organization's personnel policies, practices and procedures.
5
Evaluate
CLO5 Illustrate that labour law does not always present a humanitarian
solution to people problems, the personnel policies, practices
and devise procedures of an organization so as to be legally
compliant at all times.
3,5
Apply,
Evaluate
113
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L L L H L H H
CLO2 H L M H M H L H H
CLO3 M H M L L H M H H
CLO4 H L H L H M H H
CLO5 H L L H L H M H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
114
TRAINING & DEVELOPMENT
MMG3005-HR
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To expose the learner to the Concept and practice of training and development in the
modern organizational setting.
CO2: To enable the students to understand the concept, principles and process of training and
development.
CO3: To develop an understanding of how to assess training needs and design training
programmes in an organizational setting.
CO4: To familiarize the students with the levels, tools and techniques involved in evaluation
of training effectiveness.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the concept of training skills and learn the need and process of training.
CLO2: Identify problems and provide solution to enable competencies related to organization.
CLO3: Develop and design the training program and measure the effectiveness of training
programme.
CLO4: Evaluate the training materials and analyze the budgeting of training program.
UNIT I (10 Hours)
Introduction to training concept- Definition, meaning, need for training, Importance of training,
Objectives of training, Concepts of education, training and development, overview of training
functions, types of training.
UNIT II (10 Hours)
Process of training - Steps in training, identification of job competencies, criteria for
identifying training needs (person analysis - task analysis– organization analysis)–assessment
of training needs – methods and process of needs assessment.
UNIT III (10 Hours)
Designing and implementing a training program - Trainer identification, methods and
techniques of training, Evaluation of Training Program - Kirk Patrick model of evaluation –
CIRO model
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
115
Designing a training module (cross cultural– leadership training the trainer
change),management development program – budgeting of training cost benefit cost
benefit analysis, ROI of training analysis – ROI of training.
TEXT BOOK:
T1. B. Taylor & G. Lippitt: Management Development and Training Handbook.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. William E.Blank, Handbook For Developing Competency Based Training
Programmes, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey.
R2. David A. DeCenzo& Stephen P.Robbins: Fundamentals Of Human Resource
Management
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the concept of training skills and learn the need
and process of training.
1,2
Remembering,
Understanding
CLO2 Identify problems and provide solution to enable competencies
related to organization.
3
Applying
CLO3 Develop and design the training program and measure the
effectiveness of training programme.
6
Creating
CLO4 Evaluate the training materials and analyze the budgeting of
training program.
Analyzing
Evaluating,
116
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSO
s) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H H L L M H H H M H
CLO2 M L M L M M M M L M M
CLO3 H M M L L L M L M H H
CLO4 H M L M M H M L M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
117
Electives:
FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
118
SECURITY ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT
MCM3004-FM
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To examine various alternative investment techniques, theory behind the science of
investments, techniques of securities valuation, and kinds of financial markets.
CO2: To illustrate the various portfolio management strategies available to the investment
manager.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand and remember concept of portfolio management and techniques and
application of techniques in real life experience.
CLO2: Critically evaluate portfolio management techniques and adapt them to specific
portfolio problems.
CLO3: Assess and infer recommendations for portfolio construction, based on the requirements
of a client.
CLO4: Examine knowledge across business disciplines.
UNIT-I (10Hours)
Introduction:
The Investment Environment, Financial Markets, Investment Alternatives, Trading Procedure,
Investment Approaches, Structure of Securities Market, Participants in Security Market,
Regulatory Mechanism: SEBI and its Guidelines; Investor Protection.
Concept and Measurement of Risk & Return. Market Efficiency, Empirical Evidence on
Security Returns. EMH & its implications for investment decision. Adaptive Markets
Hypothesis (AMH) as an Alternative to the Efficient Market Hypothesis (EMH)
UNIT-II (10 Hours)
Valuation of Equity:
Nature of equity instruments, Equity Valuation Models. Approaches to equity valuation:
Technical Approach: Overview of Concept & Tools Used Fundamental Approach: Economy,
Industry and Company Analysis.
Fixed Income Securities:
Nature of Bonds, Bond Prices and Yields, Term Structure of Interest Rates, Managing Bond
Portfolio, Bond Theorem.
119
UNIT-III (10 Hours)
Portfolio Theory & Equilibrium in Capital Markets:
Portfolio Return & Risk, Efficient Frontier, Optimal Portfolio, Risk-less Lending & Borrowing,
Optimal Risky Portfolio, Capital Asset Pricing Model, Single-Index and Multifactor, Models,
Arbitrage Pricing Theory,
UNIT-IV (10 Hours)
Portfolio Management: Portfolio Management Process, Approaches to Portfolio
Construction, Determinants of Objectives, Choice of Asset Mix, Formulation of strategy,
Portfolio Execution, Portfolio Evaluation and Portfolio Revision. Portfolio Management and
Performance Evaluation: Performance Evaluation of Existing Portfolio: Sharpe, Treynor,
Jenson, Fama Measures.
TEXT BOOK:
T1. Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management – Prasanna Chandra, 4/e, TMH, 2012.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Security Analysis & Portfolio Management- Kevin S, 10/e, PHI, 2011.
R2. Investments – ZviBodie, Kane, Marcus &Mohanty, 8/e, TMH, 2010.
R3. Investment Science- Luenberger, 1st Edition, OUP, 2012
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand and remember concept of portfolio management,
techniques and application of techniques in real life
experience.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Critically evaluate portfolio management techniques and
implement them to specific portfolio problems.
5
Evaluate
CLO3 Assess and infer recommendations for portfolio construction,
based on the requirements of a client.
4,5
Analyze
Evaluate,
CLO4 Examine knowledge across business disciplines. 5
Evaluate
120
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H H H H M H M
CLO2 M H M L H H H H H H
CLO3 M M H L H H H M L M
CLO4 M H H H M M H H M H
121
TAXATION & TAX PLANNING
MCM3005-FM
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To describe basics of Income Tax Act and its implications for effective Tax planning.
CO2: To explain laws of taxation and be able to implement tax planning and management.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the meaning and scope of tax policy and types of taxes.
CLO2: Develop an idea about Salary, house property, Profit and gains of business or
profession, capital gain and income from other source among students.
CLO3: Illustrate set-off and carry forward of losses.
CLO4: Examine the causes of tax evasion and tax avoidance along with methods adopted by
countries to curb tax evasion and avoidance.
UNIT I: (8 Hours)
Basic Concepts: Income, agricultural income, casual income, assessment year, previous year,
gross total income, total income, person; Basis of Charge: Scope of total income, residence and
tax liability, income that does not form part of total income
UNIT II: (12 Hours)
Heads of Income: Salaries; Income from house property; Profit and gains of business or
profession, including provisions relating to specific business.
UNIT III: (12 Hours)
Capital gains; Income from other sources. Computation of Tax Liability: Computation of total
income and tax liability of an individual, Set-off and carry forward of losses; Deduction from
gross total income.
UNIT IV: (8 Hours)
Tax evasion, avoidance, and tax planning, Tax Management: Tax deduction at source; Advance
payment of tax; Tax planning for individuals.
TEXT BOOK:
T1. Prasad, Bhagwati: Income Tax Law &Practice ; Wiley Publication, New Delhi
REFERENCES BOOKS:
L T P C
3 1 0 4
122
R1.Singhanai V.K: Students' Guide to Income Tax; Taxmann, Delhi.
R2.Mehrotra H.C: Income Tax Law &Accounts; SahityaBhawan, Agra.
R3.DinkerPagare: Income Tax Law and Practice; Sultan Chand & Sons, New Delhi.
R4. Girish Ahuja and Ravi Gupta: Systematic approach to income tax; SahityaBhawan
Publications, New Delhi.
R5. Chandra Mahesh and Shukla D.C.: Income Tax Law and Practice; Pragati Publications,
New Delhi.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description Blooms Taxonomy
Level
CO1: Understand the meaning and scope of tax policy and types of taxes. 2
Understand
CO2: Develop an idea about Salary, house property, Profit and gains of business
or profession, capital gain and income from other source among students.
6
Create
CO3: Illustrate set-off and carry forward of losses. 3
Apply
CO4: Examine the causes of tax evasion and tax avoidance along with methods
adopted by countries to curb tax evasion and avoidance.
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOS and PSOs:
Course
Learning
Outcomes
(CLO):
Programme Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Programme
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O 1
PL
O 2
PL
O 3
PL
O 4
PL
O 5
PL
O 6
PL
O 7
PL
O 8
PL
O 9
PL
O 1
0
PL
O 1
1
PL
O 1
2
PS
O 1
PS
O 2
PS
O 3
CO 1 H L L L H H H
CO 2 L M M H M H H
CO 3 H M H H H
CO 4 H L M H H M H
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
123
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING FOR DECISION MAKING
MCM3006-FM
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives: CO1: To explain financial and management accounting techniques as an essential part of the
decision- making process in the total business information system.
CO2: To demonstrate the various tool and techniques that are available with the managers in
taking decisions.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and Understand the conceptual framework of Management Accounting;
identification of differences elements of cost and preparation of cost sheet.
CLO2: Understand the concept of marginal cost and marginal costing and calculate the cost-
volume-profit analysis and break-even analysis using mathematical and graphical approaches;
and application in businesses.
CLO3: Analyze and apply budgetary control system and standard costing system as tools of
managerial planning and control. Calculation of variances in respect of each element of cost
and sales; control ratios.
CLO4: Understand and implement Responsibility accounting, Activity based accounting and
Transfer pricing.
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
Introduction: Need, nature and scope of Management Accounting, Comparison of
Management Accounting and Cost Accounting, classification and analysis of cost, Elements
of cost - Materials, Labour and overheads and their allocation and apportionment, Preparation
of cost sheet
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
Marginal Costing: Marginal Costing versus Absorption Costing, Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis
and P/V Ratio Analysis and their implications, Concept and uses of Contribution & Breakeven
Point, types of decision-making like single product pricing, multi product pricing, replacement,
sales etc.
Differential Costing and Incremental Costing: Concept, uses and applications, Methods of
calculation of these costs and their role in management decision making like sales, replacement,
buying etc.
.
124
UNIT - III (12 Hours)
Budgeting: Concept of Budget, Budgeting and Budgetary Control, Types of Budget, Static and
Flexible Budgeting, Preparation of various budgets like Cash Budget, Sales Budget, Production
Budget etc., Essentials of budgetary control system, Organisation for budgetary control,
Advantages and Limitations of Budgetary Control.
Standard Costing: Concept of standard costs, Establishing various cost standards, Calculation
of material variance, labour variance, and overhead variance, and its applications and
implications.
UNIT - IV (8 Hours)
Responsibility Accounting & Transfer Pricing: Concept and various approaches to
Responsibility Accounting, Concept of investment center, cost center, profit center and
responsibility center and its managerial implications, Absorption Costing
New Concepts for Decision Making: Activity Based Costing, Cost Management, Value Chain
Analysis, Target Costing & Life Cycle Costing : Concept, Strategies and applications of each.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Pandey I M - Management Accounting (Vikas, 2004, 3rd Ed.)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Vij-Management Accounting (Excel Books)
R2. Balakrishnan _ Managerial Accounting (Wiley Dreamtech)
R3. Alex –Cost Accounting (Pearson)
R4. Khan and Jain - Management Accounting (Tata McGraw-Hill, 2000)
R5. Sinha- Accounting and Costing for Management (Excel Books)
R6. Horngren et al - Introduction to Management Accounting (Prentice hall, 2002, 12th
edition
125
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1
Remember and Understand the conceptual framework of Management
Accounting; identification of differences elements of cost and preparation of
cost sheet.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Understand the concept of marginal cost and marginal costing and calculate
the cost-volume-profit analysis and break-even analysis using mathematical
and graphical approaches; and application in businesses.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Analyze and apply budgetary control system and standard costing system as
tools of managerial planning and control. Calculation of variances in respect
of each element of cost and sales; control ratios.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand and implement Responsibility accounting, Activity based
accounting and Transfer pricing.
2, 3
Understand
Apply
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 M M H L
CLO2 H M H L H M
CLO3 H H L H L H M
CLO4 H H L H L L M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
126
Electives:
OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
127
LOGISTICS & DISTRIBUTION MANAGEMENT
MMG3003-OM
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the basic framework Distribution center (DC) and its significance in
achieving firm’s objectives.
CO2: To describe various concepts, models and decision-making tools pertaining to supply
chain network design
CO3: To design and develop suitable distribution network.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and understand the strategic role of Logistics and Supply chain Management in
the cost reduction and offering improved service to the customers.
CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various financial products and services available in capital
market.
CLO3: Analyze and apply the methods of supply chain management and logistics management.
CLO4: Design and develop suitable distribution network/channel suitable for the success of
the business.
UNIT I (8 Hours)
Factors governing the location of distribution centers: qualitative factors Quantitative
factors in the context of strategic , tactical and operational issues.
Decision models for Supply Chain (SC) performance efficiency and responsiveness: Data
Envelopment Analysis (DEA)
UNIT II (12 Hours)
Modelling of distribution center location: Optimization of DC location using mixed integer
programming, Heuristics methods. Vehicle Routing, Minimum Spanning and Travelling
salesman problem: Optimization algorithms and heuristic methods.
UNIT III: (12 Hours)
Decision models for performance evaluation of suppliers: Supply Chain Operations
Reference (SCOR) Model, Analytic Hierarchy Process, Analytic Network Process.
Strategic, Tactical and Operational Analysis of Distribution Networks in Supply Chains:
Framework, optimization and heuristic approaches
UNIT IV: (8 Hours)
128
Analysis of Logistics Management: Qualitative factors in logistics management by road,
sea and air in the national and international arena. Decision models for reverse logistics and
green supply chain management
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Sople, Logistics Management. Pearson, India.
T2. Chopra, S., &Meindel, P. (2007). Supply Chain Management –Strategy, Planning
and Operation. 3rd Edition. Pearson/PHI
T3. Shapiro, J. F. (2001). Modeling the Supply Chain. Duxbury
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Heragu, Sundaresh, Facilities Design, 1997, PWS Publishing Company, Boston.
R2. Shapiro, Jeramy. Modeling the Supply Chain, 2001, Duxbury Thomson Learning,
Pacific Grove, California, USA.
R3. Levi, S. D. et al. (2003). Second Edition. Designing and Managing the Supply
Chain: Concepts, Strategies and Case Studies. Tata McGraw-Hill.
R4. Christopher, M. (2000). Second Edition. Logistics & Supply Chain Management:
Strategies for Reducing Cost & Improving Service. Pearson, India
R5. Agrawal, D. K. Supply Chain Management-Strategy, Cases & Best Practices.
Macmillan.
R6. Shah, J. Supply Chain Management- Text and Cases. Pearson, India
129
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Define and understand the strategic role of Logistics and
Supply chain Management in the cost reduction and
offering improved service to the customers.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various financial products
and services available in capital market.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Analyze and apply the methods of supply chain
management and logistics management.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4
Design and develop suitable distribution network/channel
suitable for the success of the business. 6
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H L M M L
CLO3 H M L H M L H M
CLO4 H M L H M L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
130
PROJECT MANAGEMENT
MMG3004-OM
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand of the principles of the project lifecycle and how to identify opportunities
to work with learners on relevant and appropriate project scenarios for higher throughput
CO2: To understand the common issues that arises in a project and learns how to avoid some
of the common problems that arise in project management
CO3: To construct the knowledge and skills necessary to function in a project management
environment and apply the skills learned immediately to the efficiency of the business
operation
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and explain the concept and attributes of projects, project management
system, process and its principles.
CLO2: Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for decision
making in project management.
CLO3: Analyse and apply project appraisal and estimate shadow prices and social discount
rate.
CLO4: Examine project risk and performance assessment and evaluate project management
techniques.
UNIT - I (9 Hours)
Concept of a project. Importance of project management. Project management structure: types
and factors affecting its choice. Importance of organizational culture in project management.
UNIT - II (11 Hours)
Steps in project definition. Cost and time estimates for projects. Process of developing a project
plan. Activity – on - node analysis. Practical issues in project planning.
UNIT -III (8 Hours)
Project constraints. Resource allocation methods. Resource scheduling. Critical chain
approach. Project cost-duration graph. Methods for reducing project duration.
UNIT- IV (12 Hours)
Managing project stakeholders. Project teams: creation, management and problems. Project
monitoring information systems. Indices of progress measurement. Developing status reports.
TEXTBOOK:
T1. Gray, Larson and Desai: “Project Management”, 2010, Tata McGraw Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Prasanna Chandra “Project planning and Implementation”, 2009, Tata McGraw Hill
L T P C
3 1 0 4
131
R2. Scott Berkun- “Making Things Happen: Mastering Project Management”- Oreilly
R3. Punmia&Khandelwal- “Project Management and Control with PERT & CPM”-
LaxmiPublications.
R4. Gray, Larson & Desai- “Project Management: The Managerial Process” - Tata McGraw
Hill.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Remember and explain the concept and attributes of
projects, project management system, process and its
principles.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that
can be used for decision making in project management.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Analyse and apply project appraisal and estimate shadow
prices and social discount rate.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Examine project risk and performance assessment and
evaluate project management techniques.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H M M M L
CLO3 H M L L H M L H M
CLO4 H M L L H M L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
132
PRODUCTION PLANNING AND CONTROL
MMG3005-OM
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives: CO1: Demonstrate tools for production planning and control. Scheduling, operations planning,
forecasting, assessing and managing demands. Give insights into capacity planning and
innovative thought processes like KANBAN and JIT.
CO2: To apply the fundamentals of inventory management tools to relevant problems
CO3: Analyze and solve the development needs in a production planning and control systems
CO4: Formulate a production plan and understands the dynamics between/among the factors
affecting the plan
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and understand the various components and functions of production planning
and control such as work study, product planning, process planning, production scheduling.
CO2: Examine and Determine the resources requirements for a specified production plan and
prepare a capacity plan using capacity requirements planning procedures.
CO3: Apply the principles and techniques for planning and control of the production and
service systems to optimize/make best use of resources.
CO4: Develop an integrated framework for strategic thinking and decision making to analyze
the enterprise as a whole with a specific focus on the wealth creation processes
UNIT -I (12 Hours)
• Important concepts and issues in production planning and control
• Manufacturing vs. service operations
• Categories of processes
• Information flows and operations
• Forecasting
UNIT -II (8 Hours)
• Sales and operations planning: concept, design, approaches and strategies
• Concept of Master Schedule; its methodology and types
• Sources of demand. Demand management
UNIT- III (12 Hours)
• Inventory management: basic concepts and types of inventory
• The EOQ model. Quantity based vs. time based reorder models
• Inventory control issues
• Materials Requirement Planning: concepts; Bill of materials
• Lot sizing rules. Issues in MRP.
UNIT- IV (8 Hours)
133
• Capacity management: definitions and measures of capacity; approaches to capacity
management.
• Production Activity control: work prioritizing, scheduling and loading
• Lean production, JIT and Kanban
TEXT BOOK:
T1. S N Chapnam, “Fundamentals of production planning and control”, 2009, Pearson.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. S K Mukhopadhyay, “Production planning and control: text and cases”, 2004, Pearson
R2. Burke, “Project Management- planning and control techniques” - Wiley
R3. Bolton, “Production Planning and Control”, Dorling Kindersley
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and understand the various components and functions
of production planning and control such as work study,
product planning, process planning, production scheduling.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Examine and Determine the resources requirements for a
specified production plan and prepare a capacity plan using
capacity requirements planning procedures.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO3 Apply the principles and techniques for planning and control
of the production and service systems to optimize/make best
use of resources.
3
Apply
CLO4 Develop an integrated framework for strategic thinking and
decision making to analyze the enterprise as a whole with a
specific focus on the wealth creation processes
6
Create
134
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learnin
g
Outcom
es
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H M M L
CLO3 H M L L H M L H M
CLO4 H M L L H M L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
135
Electives:
INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
136
INTERNATIONAL TRADE
MMG3003-IB
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives: CO1: To analyze the relevance of various trade theories/models.
CO2: To understand deep current issues in International Trade.
CO3: To apply economic tools to analyze diversity of issues in the international economy.
CO4: To remember the threats of globalization and international risks associated with various
areas of business.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the basics of International Trade Evaluate the different theories of trade to
explain the concepts. Analysis the international reasons for continuous growth of International
Trade.
CLO2: Understand the international Trade Policies, Evaluate the impact of the stages of
globalization, Analyze impact of international regional groupings around the world, the various
foreign exchange regimes and its impact.
CLO3: Analyse the world financial environment. Understanding the risk associated with the
global business transaction, evaluate the consequences of globalization, the international
lending risks
CLO4: Understand the Growth strategies around the world, Analyze the concept of
international reserves, remember the threats and consequences of Globalization
Unit I [10 Hours]
Background for International Business Economics : Globalization and International Business
– The Emergence of Global Institutions – Drivers of Globalizations - The Globalization Debate
- The Gains from Trade - Foreign Trade Multiplier - Balance of Payments
The International Trade Theory : The Law of Comparative Advantage – The– Demand and
Supply, Offer Curves, and the Terms of Trade – Factor Endowments and the Heckscher – Ohlin
theory – Implications of Trade Theories - Economics of Scale, Imperfect Competition, and
International Trade
Unit II [12 Hours]
International Trade Policy : Trade Restrictions - Tariffs , Non-Tariff Trade Barriers - Tariff vs.
Quota - The New Protectionism – Economic Integration - Custom Unions and Free Trade Areas
- Major Regional Trade Agreements
Foreign Exchange : Foreign Exchange Market – Types of Foreign Exchange Transactions –
Reading Foreign Exchange Quotations – Forward and Futures Market – Foreign-Currency
137
Options – Exchange Rate Determination – Arbitrage – Speculation and Exchange-Market
Stability.
Unit III [08 Hours]
World Financial Environment: Global Foreign – Exchange Markets – Economic Theories of
Exchange Rate Determination - International Regime for FDI and MNC- Do Global
Corporations Pose a Threat? - Consequences of Economic Globalization
Unit IV [10 Hours]
International Banking : Reserves, Debt and Risk : Nature of International Reserves – Demand
for International Reserves – Supply of International Reserves – Gold Exchange Standard –
Special Drawing Rights – International Lending Risk – The Problem of International Debt –
Financial Crisis and the International Monetary Fund – Eurocurrency Market
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. International Economics Theory and Policy , 6/E Paul Krugman, Maurice Obstfeld,
Pearson Education
T2. International Economics, 9/E, Robert Carbaugh, Cengage – South Western
T3. International Business , 12/E, John Daniels, Lee Radebaugh, Daniel Sullivan and
Prashant Salwan, Pearson
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Pugel, Thomas, International Economics, 13th edition, McGraw-Hill-Irwin, 2007.
R2. Friedman, Thomas, The World is Flat, 2nd edition, Farrar, Strauss and Giroux, New
York, 2006
R3. Edward Leamer, editor, International Economics, Worth Series in Outstanding
Contributions, Worth Publishers, 2001
R4. Jagdish N. Bhagwati, Arvind Panagariya, and T. N. Srinivasan, Lectures on
International Trade, second edition (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1998).
R5. Paul R. Krugman, Rethinking International Trade (Cambridge, MA: MIT Press, 1990).
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
138
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand t h e b a s i c s o f I n t e r n a t i o n a l
T r a d e Evaluate the different theories of trade to
explain the concepts. Analysis the international reasons
for continuous growth of International Trade
2, 5,4
Understand,
Evaluate,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand the international Trade Policies, Evaluate the
impact of the stages of globalisation, Analyze impact of
international regional groupings around the world, the
various foreign exchange regimes and its impact.
2, 5,4
Understand,
Evaluate,
Analyze,
CLO3 Analyse the world financial environment.
Understanding the risk associated with the global
business transaction, Evaluate the consequences of
globalization, the international lending risks
4,2, 5
Analyze,
Understand,
Evaluate
CLO4 Understand the Growth strategies around the world,
Analyze the concept of international reserves,
Remember the threats and consequences of
Globalization,
2, 4,1
Understand,
Analyze,
Remember
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M M L M H M L M
CLO2 H M M M L M H M L M
CLO3 H M L M L M H M L M
CLO4 H M L M L M H H L M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
139
EXPORT MANAGEMENT & DOCUMENTATION
MMG3004-IB
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objective: CO1: To provide a process for selection of a product to be exported using various criteria
enlisted in the framework.
CO2: To know the concept of the distribution channel, its related aspects and how the disputes
settlement takes place.
CO3: To gain understanding of finance related aspects of export management including price
fixing mechanism and support offered by E.C.G.C.
CO4: To know insights about the legal aspects of export documentation, related paperwork and
agencies involved in the process.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify the process of right selection of a product for export by analyzing the criteria
for it.
CLO2: Evaluate the distribution channels for export and inspect the various intricacies
involved in the process.
CLO3: Evaluate the framework for financing of export and other associated issues
CLO4:Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use of differential
calculus.
UNIT- I (12 Hours)
Selecting a product for export:
• Choosing a Product & Methods of Identifying Export Winners
• Suitability of a Product for A company
• Selecting Products for Manufacturing and Export
• Selection of Export Markets, Criteria for Grouping Countries
UNIT- II (8 Hours)
Identifying Export Distribution Channels and Making the Export Sales Contract:
• Concept of Distribution Channels, International Channels Distribution
• Agents in Exporting, Methods of Locating and Selecting an Agent
• Signing the agreement, Nature of Exports Sales Contract, Incoterms
• Settlement of Disputes, Terms of Payment in Export
UNIT- III (8 Hours)
Export Finance and Pricing
• Pre-shipment Finance, Post-shipment Finance, Special Financial Facilities
• Organizational support for export- Export Import Bank of India, E.C.G.C.
• Export Pricing, Mechanism of Price Fixation
• Benefits to India Exports.
140
UNIT- IV (12 Hours)
Formalities of registration and Export Documentation
• Intricacies of Naming the Enterprise
• Forms of Ownership
• Opening a Bank Account, General Registrations, Registrations with RBI, Registration
with Licensing Authorities, Registration with Appropriate EPC’ /CB’s
• Defining Export Documentation, Main Commercial Documents, Additional
Commercial Documents, and Statutory Documents for Export’s Country, Statutory
Documents for Imports Country and Documents for Claiming Export Benefits
TEXTBOOK:
T1. Cherunilam, F - International Trade and Export Management (Himalaya, 2007)
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Monika Kothari, Export Promotion measures in India, Deep & Deep Publications
R2. Varshney R.L, Bhattacharya B-International Marketing Management (Sultan Chand &
Sons, 9th Ed.)
R3. Govt. of India - Hand Book of Export Import Policy 2002-2007 (Ministry of
Commerce, India)
R4. Keegan J Warren – Global Marketing Management (Pearson, 7th Ed.)
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO DESCRIPTION BLOOM’S
TAXONO
MY
LEVEL
CLO1 Identify the process of right selection of a product for export by
analyzing the criteria for it.
3
Apply
CLO2 Evaluate the distribution channels for export and inspect the various
intricacies involved in the process.
5
Evaluate
CLO3 Evaluate the framework for financing of export 5
Evaluate
CLO4 Construct a Matrix and propose solution to business situations by the use
of differential calculus.
3
Apply
141
Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs
COURSE
LEARN--
ING
OUT-
COMES
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
SpecificO
utcomes(P
SOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L L H
CLO2 H H L L H
CLO3 H L L H
CLO4 H L M H H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
142
INTERNATIONAL LOGISTICS
MMG3005-IB L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To identify market segment and the official formalities and documentation required for
export.
CO2: To explain documentation, logistics, and transportation of export management.
Prepare appropriate export documents and responses to requests for quotation.
Apply export processes and procedures to public, customer and employee relationships.
CO3: To apply export processes and procedures to such functional areas as finance and
accounting.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and understand the general concepts of logistics information to better
analysis of distribution channels, starting from producers to customers.
CLO2: Define and explain the concepts of supply chain management form raw materials supply
to finished good delivery to the end users; to learn the re-engineering of existing logistics
networks.
CLO3: Analyze and apply the knowledge of logistics in designing suitable marketing channel
for international trade and to suitably design a packaging.
CLO4: Develop and use a suitable logistics by considering global trends in logistics
information such as the information systems application is provided.
Unit I: Logistics & Marketing (10 Hours)
Logistics: Definition, Evolution, Concept, Components, Importance, Objectives; Logistic
Subsystem; The work of Logistics; Integrated Logistics; Barrier to Internal Integration.
Marketing and Logistics
Customer Focused Marketing; Basis for International Trade, Process, Importance; International
Marketing Channel: Role of Clearing Agent, Various Modes of Transport, Choice and Issues
for Each Mode, Transport Cost Characteristics.
Unit II: Inventory Management and Packaging (12 Hours)
Inventory Management: Introduction, Characteristics, Functionality, Components, Planning;
Packaging and Packing: Labels, Functions of Packaging, Designs, Kinds of Packaging;
Packing for Transportation and Marking: Types of Boxes, Container, Procedure, Cost, Types
of Marking, Features of Marking
Containerization: Genesis, Concept, Classification, Benefits and Constraints;
Chartering: Kinds of Charter, Charter Party, and Arbitration
143
Unit III: Supply Chain Management (10 Hours)
Supply Chain definition –Objectives, Types, Drivers, Need for SCM, SCM as a profession,
SCM decisions and skills, Strategy formulation in SCM, Value in Supply Chain, Tradeoffs,
CRM Strategy relationship matrix: Strategic Sourcing, Source evaluation, collaborative
perspective, Buyer- Supplier Relationship, Partner Selection, develop of Partnership
Unit IV: (08 Hours)
Supply Chain Management and profitability, quality management, mass customization and
globalization, ethical Supply Chains, e-business and SCM, Balanced Score Card,
Benchmarking, Performance measurement, SCM software packages
Text Books:
T1. Mohanty R.P, S.G Deshmuki “Supply Chain Management” Biztantra, New Delhi
T2. Donald J .Bowerson; “ Logistic and Supply Chain Management”Prentice Hall of India
Reference Books:
R1. MultiahKrishnaveni; “Logistic Management and World Sea Borne Trade, Himalaya
Publication
R2. Bowersox, Closs, Cooper; “Supply Chain Logistics Management”, McGraw Hill.
R3. Burt, Dobbler, Starling; “ World Class Supply Management”, TMH.
R4. Donald J Bowersox, David J Closs; “ Logistical Management”, TMH
R5. Pierre David, “International Logistics”, Biztantra.
R6. Sunil Chopra, Peter Meindl; “Supply Chain Management” ,Pearson Education, India.
144
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will
be able to:
CLO Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Remember and Understand the general concepts of logistics
information to better analysis of distribution channels, starting
from producers to customers.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Define and explain the concepts of supply chain management
form raw materials supply to finished good delivery to the end
users; to learn the re-engineering of existing logistics
networks.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO3
Analyze and Apply the knowledge of logistics in designing
suitable marketing channel for international trade and to
suitably design a packaging.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4
Develop and use a suitable logistics by considering global
trends in logistics information such as the information systems
application is provided.
3, 6
Apply,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H L M M L
CLO2 H L M M L
CLO3 H M L L M H M L H M
CLO4 H M L L M H M L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
145
Electives:
ENTREPRENEURSHIP
AND
FAMILY BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
146
BUSINESS ANALYSIS AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING
MMG3001-ET
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the concept and importance of Business Plans for success
CO2: To comprehend the various components of planning and thrust areas.
CO3: To develop confidence in drafting a business plan.
CO4: To critically evaluate business plans and implement in business practices.
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the concept of Business Plans and their pervasive nature encompassing all
facets of operations
CLO2: Differentiate between plans and strategy and understanding their role in facing
competition and developing the route ahead
CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt for framing of Executive summary for Business Planning
CLO4: Explain the relevance of industry and competitor analysis and development of a
strategic plan.
CLO5: Formulate the Business Plan and related activities of data collection, analysis and
compilation for objective achievement.
CLO6: Evaluate the business plan from the Investor’s Perspective
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
Introduction to Business Plan: Business Plan – Concept, need, use. Business planning
overview - Business planning as a change agent - Idea brainstorming session - Understanding
motivations for preparing a plan - Raising money, Clarifying the company’s future, Launching
a new venture, Searching for partners, Plotting against the competition, Recruiting.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
Key elements of a Business Plan: Executive summary - Business description - Industry
analysis and trends - Competitive analysis - Target market - strategic position – risk assessment
- Market strategies - Design and development plan - Technology plan -management and
organization - Financial factors - Financial features - sales, profits, cash flows and return on
investment - Financial requirements - loan, equity source of collateral - Current business
position- Relevant information about the company, its legal form of operation, when it was
formed, the principal owners and key personnel - Major achievements - developments within
the company that are essential to the success of the business.
L T P C
3 1 0 4
147
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
Writing a Business plan: Objective of writing the business plan - Research other business
plans - Collect Information - press releases, related articles, Trade and industries associations
- industry journals, Internet, government sources and statistics - offline research resources -
library - historical financials, important web sites. Evaluating data- benefits of market study -
coverage of market study. Put it down on paper - brainstorming – Preparation of rough draft,
Compilation of information, research to support the claims and writing the final draft.
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
Evaluating the Business Plan from the Investor’s Perspective:
Opportunity identification/ uniqueness quotient, classification of the idea / industry,
assessment of the target market, Customer evaluation, compensation mapping, time
appropriateness and speed of implementation. Risk Assessment: Possible uncertainties and
their management.
Text Books:
T1. Jerome Katz , Richard P. Green, 4th Edition, Entrepreneurial Small Business, McGraw-
Hill Education
T2. J. Mullins and R. Komisar, (2009), Getting to Plan B, Harvard Business Press, Boston,
Massachusetts
Reference Books:
R1. David Butler, Thompson, (2008), Business Planning: A guide to Business Start-up,
Butterworth-Heinemann, MA.
R2.Rhonda Abrams, John Doe, Fifth Edition (2010), The Successful business Plan Secret
Strategies, Planning Shop
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
148
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the concept of Business Plans and their pervasive nature
encompassing all facets of operations 2
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between plans and strategy and understanding their
role in facing competition and developing the route ahead 2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt for framing of Executive summary for
Business Planning 3
Apply
CLO4 Explain the relevance of industry and competitor analysis and
development of a strategic plan. 3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO5 Formulate the Business Plan and related activities of data
collection, analysis and compilation for objective achievement. 3,5
Apply
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluate the business plan from the Investor’s Perspective 5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program
Specific
Outcomes(PS
Os)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1
H H H H M L H M H H
CLO2 H H H M M M H M H M
CLO3 H H H H M M M M M H
CLO4 M H H M L H M H M M
CLO5 H H H M M L M M M M
CLO6 H H H M M M H M L M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
CREATIVITY AND CHANGE IN ORGANIZATIONS
149
MMG3002-ET
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the critical thinking process, nurturing team work and change
CO2: To understand the importance of change and fostering entrepreneurial leadership and
institutional culture
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the process of change and its key dimensions
CLO2: Differentiate between creativity and innovation and their role in implementing change
CLO3: Apply the concepts learnt in promoting critical thinking in individuals
CLO4: Explain the groups dynamics involved in implementing change
CLO5: Formulate the role of a leader as harbinger of change
CLO6: Evaluate the internal environment for establishing change mechanisms
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
The Process of Change, Creativity & Innovation: Organizational Change – Definition &
Key Dimensions, Factors that Promote Change, Creativity & Innovation, Theories of
Innovation and Levels & Types of Innovation, The age of Creativity, Creativity & National
prosperity, Creative Industries & potential for growth.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
The Individual – Promoting Critical Thinking: Cognitive factors - Implications for HRM,
Personality Traits - Implications for HRM, Knowledge – Explicit & Implicit, Informal and
Tacit, Knowledge for creativity - Implications for HRM, Motivation – Types of Motivation.
The Group – Nurturing Team Work: Difference between groups and teams, Motivation of
joining teams, Team Development process, reasons for team failure, Blind conformity, Group
Think, Social loafing. Team Inputs - size, longevity, task, Knowledge, Skills and Abilities
(KSAs), Resourcing of the team, Team composition.
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
The Leader – Promoting New Ideas at Work: Defining Leadership, Difference between
Managers and Leaders, Ingredients of Leadership, Trait approaches to Leadership, Behavioural
approaches to Leadership, Managerial Grid, Contingency theories – Fiedler model, Hersey
Blanchard situational theory, Leader participation model, Push-Goal Theory. Transformational
and transactional leadership. Charismatic and Visionary Leadership. Leading change,
creativity & Innovation.
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
L T P C
3 1 0 4
150
The Internal Environment – Orchestrating Structure, Systems and Resources; The
Balanced Score Card – Value Creation and Performance management. Organizational
Structure – work specifications, departmentalization, chain of command, span of control,
centralization and decentralization, Formalization. Situational factors – Corporate Strategy,
Organizational Size and Environmental uncertainty. Structural forms – Traditional and
contemporary forms. Organizing for change, creativity and innovation - Goal Setting and
reward Systems. Organizational Culture – Enabling a culture for creativity.
Text Book:
T1.Patrick Dawson, Constantine Andriopoulos, (2014), Managing Change, Creativity &
Innovation, Sage Publications
Reference Books:
R1. Allan Afuah, Innovation Management, Fifth Edition, Oxford University Press
R2.ShlomoMaital and D.V. R Seshadri, Innovation Management: Strategies, Concepts and
Tools for Growth and Profit, Sage Publications, New Delhi, (2007)
R3. John Adair, Neil Thomas, (2006), The Concise Adair On Creativity And Innovation,
Viva Books Private Limited
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Describe the process of change and its key dimensions 2
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between creativity and innovation and
their role in implementing change
4
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts learnt in promoting critical
thinking in individuals
3
Apply
CLO4 Explain the groups dynamics involved in
implementing change
2,
Understand
CLO5 Formulate the role of a leader as harbinger of change 6
Create
CLO6 Evaluating the internal environment for establishing
change mechanisms
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
151
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M H M M L L M H
CLO2 M M H M M M L H H
CLO3 M H H M M M M H H
CLO4 H M H H M M L M H
CLO5 H M H H M M M M H
CLO6 H M H H M M M
M
H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
152
MANAGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
MMG3003-ET
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To expose the participants to the basic concepts of IPRs, their coverage and scope.
CO2: To provide some insights into the strategic role of IPRs in the current Indian context
CO3: To generate understanding of issues relating to the management of IPRs
Course Learning Outcome: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the concept and theories of property
CLO2: Differentiate between property and intellectual property
CLO3: Identify the application of Patent Law and other associated legal terms and their purpose
CLO4: Explain the relevance trademarks, their need and procedural requirements
CLO5: Formulation of Industrial Designs, the protection offered by them and requirements
CLO6: Evaluate the role of International institutions in protection of intellectual property
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
Concept of Property vis-à-vis Intellectual Property: Overview of Concept of Property and
Theories of Property , Theories of Intellectual Property Rights, Intellectual Property as an
Instrument of Development , Need for Protecting Intellectual Property- Policy Consideration-
National Perspectives and International demands. Types of Intellectual Property- Origin and
Development- An Overview. Intellectual Property Rights as Human Right. Intellectual
Property Rights in the Cyber World.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
Patent Law: Introduction to Patent Law, Paris Convention, Patent Cooperation Treaty, WTO-
TRIPS, Harmonization of CBD and TRIPs. Indian Patent Law - The Patents Act, 1970 ,
Amendments to the Patents Act , Patentable Subject Matter, Patentability Criteria, Procedure
for Filing Patent Applications, Patent Granting Procedure, Revocation, Patent Infringement
and Remedies , Relevant Provisions of the Biological Diversity Act, 2002 , Access and Benefit
Sharing Issues
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
Trademarks: Introduction to Trademarks , Need for Protection of Trademarks, Kinds of
Trademarks , International Legal Instruments on Trademarks , Indian Trademarks Law, The
Trade and Merchandise Marks Act, 1958 - Trademarks Act, 1999, Procedural Requirements of
Protection of Trademarks, Content of the Rights, Exhaustion of Rights , Assignment under
L T P C
3 1 0 4
153
Licensing, Infringement, Right of Goodwill, Passing Off , Domain Names and Effects of New
Technology (Internet).
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
Industrial Designs: Need for Protection of Industrial Designs, Subject Matter of Protection
and Requirements, The Designs Act, 2000, Procedure for obtaining Design Protection,
Revocation, Infringement and Remedies.
Role of International Institutions: World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) ,
Function of WIPO , Membership of WIPO , Agreement between the WIPO and the WTO ,
Dispute Settlement- New Treaties.
Text Books:
T1. D. Andriessen, (2003), Making Sense of Intellectual Capital. Designing a Method for the
Valuation of Intangibles. Butterworth Heinemann.
T2. Neeraj Pandey (Author), KhushdeepDharni ,(2014), Intellectual Property Rights, Prentice-
Hall of India Pvt.Ltd
T3.Stewart, Thomas A.(1997), Intellectual Capital: The New Wealth of Organizations,
Nicholas Brealey, London.
Reference Books:
R1.M. Venkataraman, First Edition(2014), An Introduction to Intellectual Property Rights
R2. B.L. Wadehra, Fifth Edition (2016), Law Relating to Intellectual Property, Universal Law
Publishing
R3.P Narayanan, (2017), Intellectual Property Law, Eastern Law House
R4. Sveiby, K. E. (1997), The New Organizational Wealth: Managing & Measuring
Knowledge-Based Assets. Berrett-Koehler Publishers, San Francisco
R5. Edvinsson, L. and Malone, M.S. (1997). Intellectual Capital: Realizing your company’s
true value by finding its hidden brainpower, Harper, New York.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able
154
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Describe the concept and theories of property
2
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between property and intellectual property
4
Analyze
CLO3 Identify the application of Patent Law and other associated legal
terms and their purpose 1
Remember
CLO4 Explain the relevance trademarks, their need and procedural
requirements 2
Understanding
CLO5 Formulation of Industrial Designs, the protection offered by them
and requirements 6
Create
CLO6 Evaluate the role of International institutions in protection of
intellectual property 5
Evaluating
155
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes (PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M L L L L H M M
CLO2 M L L M L H M M
CLO3 M L M L H H L H
CLO4 M L L M M H M M
CLO5 M M L M M H
M H
CLO6 L M M M H H M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
156
OPEN
ELECTIVE/VALUE
ADDED COURSES
157
TALENT ACQUISITION AND MANAGEMENT
MMG3001-OE/MMG3001-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objectives:
CO1: To discuss the issues from two perspectives: managing talent in organizations as well as
managing one’s own talents as an individual.
CO2: To explain negotiation problems that managers may face in decision-making processes; for
example, the hiring negotiation, the promotion negotiation, the firing decision, and HR-relevant
cross-cultural negotiation issues.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Recall and understand the importance of attraction, acquisition and retention of talent in
organizations.
CLO2: Organize the talent management process with business strategy and create opportunities for
them.
CLO3: Assess decision related to negotiation in HR issues and develop talent in organization as
well as managing own talent as an individual.
CLO4: Discuss and evaluate the negotiation problem related to cross cultural issues.
Unit I (8 hours)
Introduction to Talent Management: Introduction, Meaning & Objectives, Role of Talent
Management in building sustainable competitive advantage to a firm, Key Processes of Talent
Management, Recruitment, Selection, Human Resource Planning, Retention, Talent vs. knowledge
people, Source of Talent Management, Consequences of Failure in Managing Talent, Some
suggestive tools for Managing Talent.
Unit II (12 hours)
Talent Acquisition: Job analysis-Method of collecting information, developing questionnaires,
interviews, developing job description & job specification. Developing HR planning process (using
MS-Excel and quantitative tools), Evaluation of factors affecting HRP, Strategic view of
recruitment & selection, Talent Acquisition, Recruitment Process, Strategic Trends in Talent
Acquisition, Talent acquisition management solutions.
Unit III (12 hours)
Employee Engagement: Preparing recruitment plan, E-recruitment (using various job portals),
searching & downloading applicant profile by using job portals, selecting recruitment source,
preparing recruitment budget, employer branding, formulating a recruitment strategy (specifically
for Managerial/Executive jobs),Selection process, Use of assessment centers, selection errors &
minimizing selection errors, Reliability & Validity tests, Choosing the types of interviews.
158
Unit IV (8 hours)
Employee Retention: Comprehensive approach to Retaining employees, Managing Voluntary
Turnover, dealing with Job Withdrawal, Strategic Compensation plan for Talent Engagement,
Defining the Elements of Total Rewards, Integrated Rewards Philosophy, Designing Integrated
Rewards, Sustainable Talent Management and Reward Model.
Text Books:
T1. Dessler Gary, A Framework for Human Resource Management, Pearson Publication, 7th
Edition.
T2. Dessler Gary, VarkkeyBiju, Fundamentals of Human Resource Management, Pearson
Publication,14th Edition
Reference Books:
R1. Rao VSP, Human Resource Management, Vikas Publishing, New Delhi
R2. K.Aswathappa – Human Resources and Personnel Management, Tata McGraw Hill
R3. Robbins SP, Timothy A, Judge &SanghiSeema, Organizational Behaviour, Pearson
Education, New Delhi ,13th edition.
R4. Lance A Berger, Dorothy R Berger,Talent Management Hand Book, McGraw Hill
R5. Hasan, M., Singh, A. K., Dhamija, S. (eds.), Talent management in India: Challenges and
opportunities, Atlantic Publication
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Recall and understand the importance of attraction,
acquisition and retention of talent in organizations.
1. 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Organize the talent management process with business
strategy and create opportunities for them.
3, 6
Apply,
Create
CLO3 Assess decision related to negotiation in HR issues and
develop talent in organization as well as managing own
talent as an individual.
5
Evaluate
CLO4 Discuss and evaluate the negotiation problem related to
cross cultural issues.
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
159
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H M H H L H H
CLO2 H M M M M M L M M
CLO3 M M M M H L M H H
CLO4 H H M M M M L M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
160
CONFLICT AND STRESS MANAGEMENT
MMG3002-OE/MMG3002-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To familiarize students about the concept of Stress .
CO2: To enable students to understand about prevention of stress.
CO3: To outline the various types and levels of conflict.
CO4: To provide an insight about conflict resolution techniques.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concept of stress and its advantages and disadvantages..
CLO2: Understand the various measures of preventing from stress.
CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various types of conflicts and their consequences.
CLO4: Create an environment for Team building and evaluate various ways of conflict
resolution.
UNIT I (10 Hours)
UNDERSTANDING THE NATURE OF STRESS
The Meaning of Stress, The Body’s Reactions to Stress, Sources of Stress Across the Lifespan,
Adaptive and Maladaptive Behavior, Individual and Cultural Differences, Challenging Stressful
Thinking, Problem Solving and Time Management,. Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation
Methods, Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the Future: College and
Occupational Stress
UNIT II (10 hours)
Preventions of Stress:
The Body’s Reactions to Stress Chapter, Sources of Stress across the Lifespan Individual and
Cultural Review, Problem Solving and Time Management, Psychological and Spiritual Relaxation
Methods, Physical Methods of Stress Reduction, Preparing for the Future: College and
Occupational Stress
UNIT III (10 Hours)
Understanding Conflicts:
Understanding conflict, components, perspectives of conflict, types of conflict, functional &
dysfunctional conflict, relationship between conflict and performance in team, levels of conflict –
intrapersonal, interpersonal, group & organizational conflicts, sources of conflict - intrapersonal,
interpersonal, group & organizational sources,Nature of conflict Management, conflict
management process
161
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
Managing interpersonal conflict:, behavioral style and conflict handling, dealing with difficult
subordinates, boss & colleagues, .Managing team & organization conflict: techniques to resolve
team conflict, strategies to resolve organizational conflict, effective listening and dialogue skills,
humor and conflict resolution, negotiation as a tool for conflict resolution, Environmental conflict
resolution, gender and conflict resolution. Assessing the cost of workplace conflict
Text Books:
T1. Folkman, S. (2010). The Oxford handbook of stress, health, and coping. Oxford
University: Oxford
T2. Roy Lewicki, David Saunders, John Minton, Negotiation (Irwin, 1999). (LSM in
Schedule.)
Reference Book:
R1. William W. Wilmot & Joyce L. Hocker, Interpersonal Conflict, 6th Edition (McGraw-
Hill, 2001).
Course Learning Objectives:: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and describe the concept of stress and its advantages and
disadvantages.
1.2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand the various measures of preventing from stress.
2. 3
Understand ,
Apply
CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various types of conflicts and their
consequences.
4 ,5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Create an environment for Team building and evaluate various
ways of conflict resolution.
5,6
Evaluate ,
Create
162
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
H: High M: Medium L: Low
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M H L H M M H H L H
CLO2 H M M M M L H M M
CLO3 H M M M M M H M H M M
CLO4 H M L M M H M
163
BRAND MANAGEMENT
MMG3003OE/MMG3003-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To develop understanding about brand management concepts and its frameworks and how
these strategies are applied to build strong image amongst various stakeholders.
CO2: To provide conceptual framework for managing brands strategically.
CO3: To emphasize the role of brands, the concept of brand equity and the advantages of creating
strong brands
CO4: To provide insights into how to create profitable brand strategies by building, measuring and
managing brand equity.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the fundamentals of brand management to real world situations.
CLO2: Identify the different types of brand elements and classify the general criteria for choosing
brand elements.
CLO3: Apply and analyze the brand management activity across the overall organizational context.
CLO4: Evaluate contemporary brand related problems and develop appropriate strategies and
initiatives.
UNIT I [09 Hours]
Brand: Concept, Importance of brands Branding challenges and opportunities, Brand equity
concept, Strategic brand management process, Identifying and establishing brand positioning,
Measuring and interpreting brand performance, Brand Equity Models: Brand Asset Valuation,
Aaker Model, BRANDZ ,Brand Resonance
UNIT II [09 Hours]
Customer based Brand equity, Brand knowledge, Sources of brand equity - Brand Awareness,
Brand Image, The Four steps of brand building, Creating customer value, Identifying and
establishing brand positioning, Positioning guidelines
.
UNIT III [11Hours]
Choosing brand elements to build brand equity, Options and tactics for Brand, New perspectives
on marketing, Integrating marketing communication to build brand equity, Conceptualizing the
leveraging process, Co- branding, Celebrity Endorsements
UNIT IV [11Hours]
The Brand value chain, Designing brand tracking studies, Growing and Sustaining Brand Equity:
Brand architecture, Brand hierarchy, Designing brand strategy, New products, Brand extensions-
advantage and disadvantage, Reinforcing brands, Revitalizing brands, Brand failures.
164
Text book:
T1.Strategic Brand Management: Building, Measuring and Managing Brand by Keller, Kevin
Lane &Parameswaran M.G., Pearson, 4th Edition.
Reference books:
R1.Doole Strategic Brand Management by J N Kapferer, Kogan Page, 4th Edition.
R2. Building Brand Equity by Aaker Pearson Education, New Delhi .
R3. Lessons from the World’s Strongest Brands: Best Practice Case byKeviKare Keller, 3rd
Edition.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Define and describe the fundamentals of brand management
to real world situations.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Identify the different types of brand elements and classify
the general criteria for choosing brand elements.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO3 Apply and analyze the brand management activity across the
overall organizational context.
3,4
Apply
Analyze
CLO4 Evaluate contemporary brand related problems and develop
appropriate strategies and initiatives.
5,6
Evaluate,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M L M H H H
CLO2 M L M H H H
CLO3 M L M H H H
CLO4 M L M H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
165
DIGITAL MARKETING
MMG3004-OE/MMG3004-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explain insight of how to implement marketing in a digital world.
CO2: To understand the traditional and new communication/marketing approaches to create
competitive advantage in the digital world.
CO3: To Interpret the traditional marketing mix within the context of a changing and extended
range of digital strategies and tactics.
CO4: To analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital markets.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Analyze the confluence of marketing, and operations, in real-time delivery.
CLO2: Explain emerging trends in digital marketing and critically assesses the use of digital
marketing tools by applying relevant marketing theories and framework
CLO3: Comprehend the importance of conversion and working with digital relationship marketing.
CLO4: Analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital markets.
UNIT I: [9 Hours]
Introduction to internet and WWW, technology including security, Introduction to digital
marketing and e-commerce: Business models, Business Models on the Web. Benefits of Digital
marketing, Digital marketing platforms and Strategies, Comparing Digital with Traditional
Marketing, Defining Marketing Goals of Digital Marketing, Latest Digital marketing trends, Case
studies of Digital Campaigns
UNIT II [10 Hours]
Website Designing, branding, banner ads, affiliate marketing, Paid search, search engine
optimization (SEO), comparison of shopping engines. Email, RSS, podcasting, Blogs, Viral,
Wikis, CRM. Auctions, Portals.
UNIT III [11 Hours]
Email Marketing, Lead Generation, Google AdWords, Google Analytics, Facebook Marketing,
LinkedIn Marketing, Twitter Marketing ,Video Marketing, Instagram marketing, Pinterest
Marketing, Online Display Advertising
UNIT IV [10 Hours]
Ecommerce Marketing, Mobile Web Marketing, Content Marketing, Online Reputation
Management, Affiliate Marketing Basics ,Ad sense & Blogging
Web Analytics & Marketing Metrics: Understanding Digital Analytics, Acquisition,
Engagement and Conversion Analysis, Measuring Social Impact, Multi-Touch Analytics, Mobile
Analytics, The Future of Digital Analytics: Big Data: use and need.
166
Text Books
T1.Fundamentals of Digital Marketing by Puneet Singh Bhatia, Pearson, 2017
T2. Direct and Digital Marketing in Practice by Brian Thomas, Matthew Housden
Reference Book:
R1.Wiki Brands – Reinventing Your Company In A Customer Driven Market Place, Sean
Moffitt and Mike Dover, TMGH.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Analyze the confluence of marketing, and operations, in real-
time delivery.
4
Analyze
CLO2 Explain emerging trends in digital marketing and critically
assess the use of digital marketing tools by applying relevant
marketing theories and framework
2,
Understand
CLO3 Comprehend the importance of conversion and working with
digital relationship marketing.
4
Analyze
CLO4 Analyze cross-cultural and ethical issues in globalized digital
markets.
4
Analyze
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learni
ng
Outco
mes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M H H L
CLO2 H L H
CLO3 H M H
CLO4 M H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
167
FINANCIAL DERIVATIVES
MMG3005-OE/MMG3005-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explain students with the practice of and principles behind derivative instruments.
CO2: To describe derivatives markets for options, futures and swaps and will be able to appreciate
the role played by these modern financial instruments in hedging, speculation and arbitrage.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and understand the emerging structure of derivatives market in India and
various types of financial derivatives like forward, options, Swaps, convertible, warrants, etc.
CLO2: Understand and discuss the concept of margins and their types like initial margin and
maintenance margins and how do margins flow from investor or trader to clearinghouse.
CLO3: Describe and illustrate the various types of futures contracts like interest rate futures,
foreign currency futures, stock index futures, bond index futures, etc.
CLO4: Calculate and know how to value swap as pair of bonds and/or as series of forward contracts
and how to hedge interest rate risk and exchange rate risk through swaps.
UNIT- I (10 Hours)
Financial Derivatives
• Introduction, Definition of Financial Derivative , Features, Types of Derivatives, Basic
Financial Derivatives, History of Derivatives Market, Use of Derivatives, Critiques of
Derivatives.
• Traders in Derivative Markets, Factors contributing to the growth of Derivatives
• Financial Derivatives Market in India
• Forward contract, Features of Forward contract, Classification of Forward Contracts
UNIT- II (10 Hours)
Future Market, Contracting & Pricing
• Introduction, Financial Futures contracts, Types of Financial Futures Contracts, Evolution
of Futures Market in India, Operators/Traders in Future Market, Functions and growth in
Future Market, Future Market trading Mechanism,
• Theories of Future prices
• Hedging Concepts – Long, Short and Cross
• Forward Prices Vs Future Prices
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Option Market: Pricing and Trading Mechanism
• Introduction, concept, Types, Distinction between option and futures contracts, option
valuation, Determinants of option pricing
• Black – Scholes option pricing model
• Binomial Option pricing model
• Hedging with option
UNIT- IV (10 Hours)
Swap Market: Pricing and Trading Mechanism
168
• SWAP: Introduction, concept, Nature, Evolution, Features, Types of Swaps, Pricing in
swaps, trading system in swap market.
• Over view of Commodity Derivatives
Textbook:
T1. Hull &Basu “Options, Futures and Other Derivatives”, Pearson 7th Ed., 2010.
Reference Books:
R1. Financial Derivatives – Theory, Concepts and problems – Gupta – PHI
R2. Derivatives and Risk Management – Srivastav – Oxford
R3. Options and Futures, Patwari and Bhargava, Jaico
R4. Risk Management and Derivatives – Stulz – Cengage
R5. Derivatives and Risk Management – Varma – TMH
R6. Introduction to Derivatives, Johnson, Oxford
R7. Financial Derivatives – B. Mishra / S.S. Debashis – Excel Books
R8. Financial Derivatives – Kumar – PHI
R9. Derivatives Simplified, Bhaskar, Mahapatra, Sage
R10. Mastering Derivatives Markets, Taylor, Pearson
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Remember and Understand the emerging structure of
derivatives market in India and various types of financial
derivatives like forward, options, Swaps, convertible,
warrants, etc.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Understand with and discuss the concept of margins and their
types like initial margin and maintenance margins and how
do margins flow from investor or trader to clearinghouse.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO3
Describe and illustrate the various types of futures contracts
like interest rate futures, foreign currency futures, stock index
futures, bond index futures, etc.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4
Calculate and know how to value swap as pair of bonds and/or
as series of forward contracts and how to hedge interest rate
risk and exchange rate risk through swaps.
1,3
Remember,
Apply
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
169
H: High M: Medium L: Low
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H L M M L
CLO3 H M L H L H M
CLO4 H M L H L H M
170
BEHAVIOURAL FINANCE
MMG3006-OE/MMG3006-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives: CO1: To demonstrate the student the new field of behavioural finance.
CO2: To know that investors behave in a rational, predictable and an unbiased manner.
CO3: To explain how investors’ interpret and act on available, fallible information.
CO4: To identify persistent or systematic behavioural factors that influence investment behavior.
Course Learning Outcome:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and Explain behavioral corporate finance, considering financial, investment
and dividend policy decisions and contrasting traditional and behavioral approaches.
CLO2: Understand and apply the main concepts, research tools and methodologies of behavioral
finance that help to reveal biases, heuristics, etc. in the decision making process on individual,
corporate and financial market level.
CLO3: Explain and analyze how psychological factors influence both individual investors and
markets. Also Apply generally established concepts to describe and analyse trade, risk and
liquidity in financial markets.
CLO4: Demonstrate effective financial decision-making in risky market settings.
UNIT - I (10 Hours)
Behavioural Finance: Nature, Scope, Objectives and Significance & Application. History of
Behavioural Finance, Psychology: Concept, Nature, Importance, The psychology of financial
markets, The psychology of investor behaviour, Behavioural Finance Market Strategies, Prospect
Theory, Loss aversion theory under Prospect Theory & mental accounting—investors Disposition
effect .
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
Building block of Behavioural Finance, Cognitive Psychology and limits to arbitrage. Demand by
arbitrageurs: Definition of arbitrageur; Long-short trades; Risk vs. Horizon; Transaction costs and
short-selling costs; Fundamental risk; Noise-trader risk; Professional arbitrage; Destabilizing
informed trading (positive feedback, predation), Expected utility as a basis for decision-making.
The evolution of theories based on expected utility concept
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Elsberg’s paradoxes, Rationality from an economics and evolutionary prospective. Different ways
to define rationality: dependence on time horizon, individual or group rationality. Herbert Simon
and bounded rationality. Demand by average investors: Definition of average investor; Belief
biases; Limited attention and categorization; Non-traditional pReference Books: – prospect theory
and loss aversion; Bubbles and systematic investor sentiment.
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
External factors and investor behaviour: Fear & Greed in Financial Market, emotions and financial
markets: geomagnetic storm, Statistical methodology for capturing the effects of external influence
onto stock market returns.
Text Book:
T1. Bisen pandey-Learning Behavioural Finance(Excel Books)
171
Reference Books:
R1. Finding Financial Wisdom in Unconventional Places (Columbia Business School
Publishing)
R2. A History of Financial Speculation: Edward Chancellor
R3. Forbes- Behavioural Finance (Wiley India)
R4. The Little Book of Behavioral Investing (Montier)
R5. The Psychology of Persuasion (Collins Business Essentials
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Remember and Explain behavioral corporate finance,
considering financial, investment and dividend policy
decisions and contrasting traditional and behavioral
approaches.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Understand and apply the main concepts, research tools
and methodologies of behavioral finance that help to
reveal biases, heuristics, etc. in the decision making
process on individual, corporate and financial market
level.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Explain and analyse how psychological factors influence
both individual investors and markets. Also Apply
generally established concepts to describe and analyse
trade, risk and liquidity in financial markets.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Demonstrate effective financial decision-making in risky
market settings. 3
Apply
172
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learnin
g
Outcome
s
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program
Specific
Outcomes(P
SOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H M L M H L
CLO3 H M L H L H M
CLO4 H H L H L H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
173
TOURISM MANAGEMENT
MMG3007-OE/MMG3007-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explain tourism management using a system approach that integrates avariety of
hospitality and travel organizations and businesses.
CO2: To describe tourism from the perspectives of travelers and destinations, while identifying
tourism's economic, socio-cultural, and environmental impacts on communities.
CO3: To demonstrate cultural and environmental sensitivity through an appreciation for various
forms of diversity in our worlds
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and understand the conceptual and theoretical basis of various tourism products and
resources in general and to understand the various tourism resources.
CLO2: Understand and apply various marketing functions and techniques related to tourism and
their applications to real life situations.
CLO3: Discuss and examine the need and essentials of tourism planning for the sustainable growth
of tourism industry and make them aware about the role of sustainable tourism in the changing
global scenario.
CLO4: Critically analyze the different impact of tourism on society, culture and environment.
UNIT – I (10 Hours)
Tourism phenomenon
Understanding Tourism, Growth & development of Tourism, India’s Bio-diversity, Landscape,
Environment & Ecology, Main center of Tourism interest in India and abroad.
Tourism Industry - Major & Minor Components
Components of Tourism Industry- Attraction, Transportation, Accommodation, Refreshment,
Shopping, Entertainment, Infrastructure & Hospitality.
UNIT – II (8 Hours)
Tour Operator and Travel Agency Business
Air Transport, Railways, Road, Sea & water ways, History of Travel agencies , Role & functions
of Travel agencies. Role and functions of Indian and International Tour Operators & Travel
Agencies, Major national and international Tour Operators & T ravel Agencies, Importance and
role of tourist Guides and Escorts.
UNIT – III (10 Hours)
Tourism Organistations – Assocations& Types
Role & functions of WTO, ASTA, Role & functions of UFTAA, Role & functions of PATA, &
IATA, Importance of tour operations, Major national and international tour operators, Importance
& role of tourist guides , Accommodation, Supplementary accommodation, Types of Tourism
Resources – Sports, Cultural, Nature Based, Historical & Adventure.
174
UNIT – IV (12 Hours)
Travel Formalities and Regulations
Passports: function, types, issuing authority, procedure for obtaining Passport, VISAS: functions,
type, issuing authority, procedure for obtaining VISA, Other travel legislations.
Foreign Exchange
Countries and currencies, procedure for obtaining foreign exchange, foreign exchange counters,
customs formalities, immigration etc.
Tourism Marketing
Concepts and importance of Tourism marketing, Marketing Functions in Tourism, Tourism
marketing Mix, Tourism marketing Segmentation, Tourism Pricing, Tourism Promotion,
Tourism Advertising.
Text Book:
T1. Basics of Tourism Management, Suddhendu Narayan Misra and Sapan Kumar, Excel Books.
Reference Books:
R1. Hotels for tourism development, Dr. JagmohanNegi, Metropolitan
R2.Introduction to tourism, P.N. Seth, Sterling
R3.Tourism: Principles & Practices, Sampadkumar Swain, Oxford University Pres s
R4.Tourism Marketing, ManjulaChoudhary, Oxford University Press
R5.Managing Tourism & Hospitality Services, Bruce Prideaux, GiannaMoscardo, Eric Laws,
Cabi Publication
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Define and understand the conceptual and theoretical basis of
various tourism products and resources in general and to
understand the various tourism resources.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Understand and apply various marketing functions and
techniques related to tourism and their applications to real
life situations.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Discuss and examine the need and essentials of tourism
planning for the sustainable growth of tourism industry and
make them aware about the role of sustainable tourism in the
changing global scenario.
3,4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Critically analyze the different impact of tourism on society,
culture and environment.
5
Evaluate
175
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learnin
g
Outcom
es
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M M L
CLO2 H M M L H L M L
CLO3 H M M L H L H M
CLO4 H M M H H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
176
BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE AND ANALYTICS
MMG3008-OE/MMG3008-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives: CO1: To understand principles of BI and Analytics at conceptual level
CO2: To understand application areas for implementing BI and Analytics
CO3: To develop skills to design BI and Analytics projects
CO4: To illustrate knowledge of basic statistical tools & techniques with emphasis on their
application in Business decision process and Management.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and understand concept and need for Business Intelligence, BI basics and
Infer Case studies.
CLO2: Understand and implement Business Analytics at Strategy level and Analytical level
using BA tools and techniques.
CLO3: Design and develop physical Database and supporting DW/BI system.
CLO4: Understand the basic concept of Business Intelligence and functioning of its tools to
support the business decision process. Assess and devise BI applications in different business
domains.
UNIT – I [8 Hours]
Business Intelligence: Definition, concept and need for Business Intelligence, Case studies BI
Basics: Data, information and knowledge, Role of Mathematical models
UNIT – II [12 Hours]
Business Analytics at the strategic level: Strategy and BA , Link between strategy and Business
Analytics, BA supporting strategy at functional level, dialogue between strategy and BA functions,
information as strategic resource
Business Analytics at Analytical level : Statistical data mining, descriptive Statistical methods,
lists, reports, automated reports, hypothesis driven methods, data mining with target variables,
cluster analysis, Discriminate analysis, logistic regression, principal component analysis.
UNIT – III [8 Hours]
Business Analytics at Data Warehouse: Level Designing physical database , Deploying and
supporting DW/BI system
UNIT – IV [12 Hours]
Business Intelligence Architectures: Cycle of Business Intelligence Analysis, Development of
Business Intelligence System, spread sheets, concept of dashboard, OLAP, SOA, decision
engineering.
BI Tools: Concept of dashboard.
BI Applications in different domains- CRM, HR, Production
Text Book:
T1. Decision Support and Business Intelligence Systems, Turban, Sharda, Delen, Pearson.
177
Reference Books:
R1. Business Intelligence Success Factors Tools for aligning your business in the global
economy by Olivia Parr Rud, John Wiley and sons , 2009
R2. The Profit impact of Business Intelligence by Steve Williams and Nancy Williams ,
Morgan Kauffman Publishers/ Elsevier, 2007
R3. Business Intelligence: Practices, Technologies, and Management- Rajiv Sabherwal, Irma
Becerra-Fernandez
R4. Business Analytics for Managers : Taking Business Intelligence beyond reporting by
GERT H.N. Laursen, Jesper Thorlund, Wiley and SAS Business Series, 2010
COURSE LEARNING OUTCOMES (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Remember and understand concept and need for Business
Intelligence, BI basics and Infer Case studies.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand and implement Business Analytics at Strategy level and
Analytical level using BA tools and techniques.
2,3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Design and develop physical Database and supporting DW/BI
system.
2, 6
Understand,
Create
CLO4 Understand the basic concept of Business Intelligence and tools to
support the business decision process. Assess and devise BI
applications in different business domains.
2, 5, 6
Understand,
Evaluate,
Create
Mapping of CLO with PLOs and PSOs receiving
COURSE
LEARN--ING
OUT-COMES
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H L H L M H
CLO2 H M M L H M H
CLO3 H L M L H H H
CLO4 H H M H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
178
E-COMMERCE TECHNOLOGY
MMG3009-OE/MMG3009-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: Gain an understanding of basic concepts, theories, and business models underlying e-
commerce.
CO2: Apply e-commerce theory and concepts to what e-marketers are doing in "the real world."
CO3: Improve familiarity with current challenges and issues in e-commerce.
CO4: Identify advantages and disadvantages of technology choices such as merchant server
software and electronic payment options.
CO5: Discuss the issues facing businesses that are considering worldwide marketing of their
products and services.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the E-commerce framework, history, advantages and disadvantages.
CLO2: Assess in-depth knowledge of e-commerce business models and managing an e-
enterprise.
CLO3: Demonstrate and develop clear, concise, thoughtful and good understanding of electronic
payment system and its types.
CLO4: Categorize and compare a good understanding of e-marketing and its types.
CLO4: Determine the future trends in e-commerce and distinguish various technologies and
examine complex business problems to solve problems in various e- commerce activities like
sales, payment, marketing, auction, etc
UNIT- I (10 Hours)
Introduction to E-Commerce: Introduction to E-commerce, Difference between E-
commerce & E-business, History of E-commerce, Need, Roles, Advantages and Disadvantages
of E-commerce, Types of E-Commerce, Value chain in E-business, Unique features of E-
commerce technology, Messaging and information distribution.
UNIT- II (10 Hours)
E-Commerce Business Models: Framework for E-commerce, E-commerce consumer
behavior model, Key elements of business model, Discussion on major business models: B2C,
B2B & C2C, E-Commerce Enablers.
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Technology & Infrastructure for E-commerce: Internet and its influence on industry structure,
Building an E-commerce web site, Choosing server software and hardware for an E-commerce
site, Online security issues, Electronic payment systems.
179
UNIT- IV (10 Hours)
Application and Use of E-commerce in Business: Professional E-commerce Services,
Comparisonfor E-commerce sales, Online store Builder Capabilities, E-commerce Software
platforms for small business, Revolutionization of E-commerce & shopping, Advertising on
the internet, marketing and
TEXT BOOK:
T1. Bharat Bhasker,“Electronic Commerce–Frame work technologies and Applications”, 3rdEdition. Tata McGrawHill Publications, 2008.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. KamleshK.Bajaj and Debjani Nag,“E-commerce- the cutting edge of Business”, 2ndedition, TataMcGrawHill Publications, 2009.
R2. Kenneth C. Laudon and Carol GuercioTraver,“E-commerce,”4thedition, Pearson, 2008.
R3. Ravi Kalakota and Andrew B. Whinston, “Electronic Commerce”, DIANE Publishing
Company.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the E-commerce framework, history,
advantages and disadvantages.
1,2
Remember
Understand
CLO2 Assess in-depth knowledge of e-commerce business models
and managing an e-enterprise.
5
Evaluate
CLO3 Demonstrate and develop clear, concise, thoughtful and
good understanding of electronic payment system and its
types.
2,3
Understand ,
Apply
CLO4 Categorize and compare a good understanding of e-
marketing and its types.
4,5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO5 Determine the future trends in e-commerce and distinguish
various technologies and examine complex business
problems to solve problems in various e- commerce
activities like sales, payment, marketing, auction, etc
4,5
Analyze,
Evaluate
180
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs
)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M H H H
CLO2 H M M H H H
CLO3 H M H H H
CLO4 H M M H H H
CLO5 M M M M M
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
181
IV SEMESTER
182
STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT
MMG4001
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explain the basic concepts, principles and practices associated with strategy formulation
and implementation.
CO2: To understand the strategic decisions that organizations make and build up ability to engage
in strategic planning.
CO3: To analyze the unifying picture of the organization, as something greater than the sum of its
parts.
CO4: To analyze the firm and its immediate environment and to evaluate strategic options for
competitive advantage.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the integrative model of strategic management process that defines basic
activities in strategic management and evaluate the real life company’s environmental factors.
CLO2: Understand the essence of formulating strategies and strategic plans and analyze various
Business strategies employed in concurrent market.
CLO3: Analyze and Apply the strategies under competitive situation and strategic dilemma in
dealing with dynamic global business environment in terms of rapidly changing market trends and
technological advancement.
CLO4: Evaluation of challenges faced by managers in implementing and evaluating strategies
based on the nature of business, industry, and cultural differences.
UNIT- I (9 hours)
Meaning of Strategy; Strategic process; Levels of Strategy; Concept of firm’s environment;
Environment Analysis, Value Creation in Business.
UNIT- II (11 hours)
Meaning of Competitive Advantage; Functional Level Strategy; Components of Functional level
strategy, Strategic Planning for International Business.
UNIT- III (12 hours)
Business Level Strategy; Generic Business Level Strategies; Relationship of Business Level
Strategy with Industry environment; Strategy in High-technology industries; Strategy in the global
environment.
UNIT-IV (8 hours)
Corporate Level Strategy; Horizontal and Vertical Integration; Outsourcing; Diversification;
Ethics and Strategy; Strategy implementation through organizational design, Strategic Alliances.
L T P C
3 1 0 4
183
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. CWL Hill and G Jones, Strategic Management: An integrated Approach, 2009, Biztantra
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Johnson, G., Exploring Corporate Strategy: Text & Cases, 7/E,Pearson Education India
R2. H.Igor, Ansoff: Implanting Strategic Management, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
R3. Michael, E Porter: The Competitive Advantage of Nations, Macmillan, New Delhi.
R4. Mintzberg, Henry and James Brian Quinn: The Strategy Process, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO
Description
Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1
Understand theintegrative model of strategic management process that
defines basic activities in strategic management and Evaluate thereal life
company’s environmental factors.
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
CLO2
Understand the essence of formulating strategies and strategic plans.
Analyze various Business strategies employed in concurrent Market.
2, 4,
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3
Analyze and Apply the strategies under competitive situation and
strategic dilemma in dealing with dynamic global business environment
in terms of rapidly changing market trends and technological
advancement.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4
Evaluation of challenges faced by managers in implementing and
evaluating strategies based on the nature of business, industry, and
cultural differences.
3, 5
Apply,
Evaluate
184
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H
M
L
M
M
M
CLO2 H M M H H M M L
CLO3 L H H H M L
CLO4 M M L M L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
185
BUSINESS RESEARCH PROJECT
MMG4506
Course Objectives:
CO1: To develop ability to apply multidisciplinary concepts, tools and techniques to analyze and
logically approach the organizational problems.
CO2: To develop your capacity to understand and discuss different methodological and scientific
starting points.
CO3: To understand and implement with various approaches to data collection and analysis.
CO4: To develop skills in analysis and discussion of different empirical and theoretical
phenomena.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and describe the various business opportunities and issues in modern competitive
business world.
CLO2: Explain and illustrate the interrelation between external market opportunities, internal
capabilities and corporate dynamics.
CLO3: Apply the skills and knowledge acquired to evaluate the probable solutions of the prevailing
business issues.
CLO4: Develop and evaluate the comprehensive business plan/s for a new initiative, whether an
entrepreneurial start-up venture or a new business initiative.
Content:
Within the framework of Business Research Project, student will explore different ways of finding
information, defining the scope of a project and doing research, as well as different ways of
communicating the results.
The report includes defining a problem, discussing method and theoretical approach, collecting
information, presenting your thesis and writing and rewriting your thesis.
Students will work individual to write the report.
The project may be from any one of the following types, however, it should preferably befrom
your area of specialization in MBA:
L T P C
0 0 2 3
186
a) Comprehensive case study (covering single organization/multifunctional
areaproblemformulation, analysis and recommendations).
b) Inter-organizational study aimed at inter-organizational comparison/validation of theory/survey
of management practices.
c) Field study (empirical study).
The Report may have the following components:
a) Introduction, brief background, and Rationale of the topic chosen for the project.
b) Brief Introduction and vital details of the organization/s understudy.
c) Statement of the problem.
d) Objectives of the Project (clearly stated in behavioral terms).
e) Research Methodology:
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Identify and describe the various business opportunities
and issues in modern competitive business world.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Explain and illustrate the interrelation between external
market opportunities, internal capabilities and corporate
dynamics.
2, 3, 4
Understand, Apply,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the skills and knowledge acquired to evaluate the
probable solutions of the prevailing business issues.
3
Apply
CLO4
Develop and evaluate the comprehensive business plan/s
for a new initiative, whether an entrepreneurial start-up
venture or a new business initiative.
5, 6
Evaluate,
Create
187
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 M M M M M
CLO2 H H H L M H
CLO3 H H H M M L L M H M M
CLO4 H H H M L L M M M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
188
COMPREHENSIVE VIVA-II
MMG4507
L T P C
0 0 0 2
Course Objectives:
CO1: To prepare comprehensively about the concept and overall knowledge of all courses.
CO2: To gain confidence and develop interpersonal skills in the relevant field.
CO3: To acquaint the students with the overall framework of management concepts in business
administration.
CO4: To build professional conduct within any team activities.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):
CLO1: Understand the concept of management principles and various dimensions.
CLO2: Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing appropriate management
information.
CLO3: Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business administration.
CLO4: Analyze and build professional conduct within any team activities.
Methodology:
The confidence level, presentation and communication skills, decision-making ability and a
comprehensive understanding will be assessed.
The viva voce is of 100 marks and is to be conducted by the external examiners appointed by the
University. A weightage of 2 credits has been given to this to highlight its importance.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the concept of management principles and various
dimensions.
2
Understanding
CLO2 Develop problem solving skills by gathering and assessing
appropriate management information.
3
Applying
CLO3 Assess management concepts, plans and decision in business
administration.
4
Evaluating
CLO4 Analyze and build professional conduct within any team
activities
4,6
Analyzing,
Creating
189
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PS
Os)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M M M M H M H M H M M H H M
CLO2 H M M M M M H M M M M H M M H
CLO3 H H M H H M H M M M M M M M M
CLO4 H H M H H H H H M H M M L M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
190
Electives:
MARKETING
MANAGEMENT
191
RETAILING MANAGEMENT
MMG4003-MK
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the concepts, theories and strategies related to retailing and the interaction of
retail mix elements in retail market.
CO2: To demonstrate the knowledge on the nature of retail buying process and their influence on
marketing strategy and store management decisions.
CO3: To analyse the acquired knowledge and apply in real life retail management situations.
CO4: To develop a strategic perspective of the retailing industry
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the retail marketing mix, including location, pricing, promotion and customer
service.
CLO2: Illustrate the different retail formats, services offered and non-store retailing.
CLO3: Demonstrate the understanding of retail consumer buying behaviour, segmentation,
targeting and positioning.
CLO4: Apply the fundamentals to real-world retail strategic operations.
CLO5: Evaluate merchandise management, store layout, design and visual merchandising.
UNIT- I (10 Hours)
Retailing: meaning and world of Retailing, Retailer’s role in supply chain management, Retail
management decision process, Types of Retailers & Retailer characteristics -Food retailers,
Supermarkets, Warehouse clubs, Department stores, Specialty stores, Services Retailing, Types of
ownership, Multichannel retailing-Issues & challenges, Retail channels-Internet, catalog and direct
selling.
UNIT- II (8 Hours)
Concept of Retail customer, customer buying behavior-The buying process, buying roles, Types
of buying decisions, factors affecting consumer decision making, Retail market segmentation,
targeting and positioning, VALS model and customer services management.
UNIT- III (11 Hours)
Retailing Strategy- Growth strategies, Strategic Retail Planning Process, Location strategy –
importance, Types, factors affecting choice, Site selection, Retail pricing strategy- Type and factors
affecting it, Retail Communication mix-Direct and online marketing, Planning a retail
communication program.
UNIT- IV (11 Hours)
Merchandise management- Buying organization and evaluating merchandise management, Private
label merchandise, Developing variety and assortment plan, Store Management-
Responsibilities for recruiting and selecting store employees, Training, Evaluating, Compensating
& Rewarding store employees, Store Layout, Design and Visual Merchandising.
192
TEXTBOOKS:
T1.Levy,Weitz& Ajay Pandit, Retailing Management, McGraw Hill 8th Edition.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Burmans, Evans &Mathur, Retail Management: A Strategic Approach, Pearson 11th Edition
R2.SwapnaPradhan, Retail Management: Text & Cases, McGraw Hill (2012) 5th Edition
R3.Gilbert, Retail Marketing Management, Pearson 2006
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Understand the retail marketing mix, including location, pricing,
promotion and customer service.
2
Understand
CLO2 Illustrate the different retail formats, services offered and non-
store retailing.
3
Apply
CLO3 Demonstrate the understanding of retail consumer buying
behaviour, segmentation, targeting and positioning.
3
Apply
CLO4 Apply the fundamentals to real-world retail strategic operations. 3
Apply
CLO5 Evaluate merchandise management, store layout, design and visual
merchandising.
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 L L H H H
CLO2 L L H H H
CLO3 M L H M H
CLO4 H M H M H H H
CLO5 L M L H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
193
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT
MMG4004-MK
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1:To apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international
perspective.
CO2: To evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international
trade.
CO3: To identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry
in International Market.
CO4: To apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,
place, and promotion).
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the subject, students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize when marketing their
product in foreign countries
CLO2: Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate the growth of regional
trading agreements (RTA).
CLO3: Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry
in International Market
CLO4: Understand the International Marketing Mix
UNIT-I Introduction of International Marketing (8 Hours)
Nature, importance and scope of international marketing, The Concept of International Marketing,
Domestic marketing vs. International marketing, Benefits of international marketing, International
marketing Process an overview, Towards GLOCAL Marketing Adaptation, The Critical Success
Factor in International Markets, Internationalization of IndianFirms.
UNIT-II International Marketing Environment (8 Hours)
International Political and Legal Environment, International Cultural Environment, International
Economic Institutions, Growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTAs), India's Participation in
RTAs, RTA's under the WTO, World Trade Organization, From GATT to WTO, WTO
Agreements Overview, Standards and Safety Measures for International Markets.
UNIT III: Market Identification, Evaluation and Selection (12 Hours)
Overview of India's Foreign Trade, India's Growth of Exports in International Markets vis-à-vis
Select Asian Countries.Identifying Opportunities in International Markets: Identification of
International Markets, Segmentation of International Markets, Selection of International
Markets,The Modes of International Market Entry, Choosing the Right International Market Entry
Mix:-Exporting licensing contract manufacturing, joint venture, setting -up of wholly owned
subsidiaries aboard, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions, Franchising, Turnkey Operations
194
UNIT IV: International Marketing Mix Decisions (12 Hours)
Product Strategy for International Markets: Standardization vs. Adaptation in International
Markets, Voluntary factors influencing Product Adaptation in International Markets, Trade-off
Strategy between Product Standardization and Adaptation, Pricing Decisions for International
Markets: Pricing Decisions, Pricing Approaches for International Markets, Factors Influencing
Pricing Decisions in International Markets, Dumping, Counter Trade, Transfer Pricing in
International Markets, Grey Marketing. International Distribution :Selecting Channels of
International Distribution, Types ofInternational Distribution Channels. Communication
Decisions for International Markets: Tools for International Marketing Communication,
Alternative-marketing strategies
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. Joshi, Rakesh Mohan, International Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.Doole Isobel and Robin Lawe, International Marketing Strategy, Cengage Learning
R2. Keegan Warren J, Global Marketing Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi .
R3.Ashok Korwar, Creating Markets across the Globe, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize
when marketing their product in foreign countries
2
Understand
CLO2 Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate
the growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTA).
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
CLO3 Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the
various modes of entry in International Market
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand the International Marketing Mix 2
Understand
195
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H M H H H
CLO2 H L H H H H
CLO3 H L H H H H
CLO4 H H H H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
196
MARKETING OF SERVICES
MMG4005-MK
(40 Hours)
Course Objective:
CO1: To understand the theory and concepts pertaining to Services marketing.
CO2: To define the role of Services marketing and discuss its core concepts and explain the
relationship among customer value, satisfaction, productivity and quality.
CO3: To enhance the ability to develop effective service marketing strategies that emphasizes the
value exchange between suppliers and their customers.
CO4: To develop an understanding of the special context and techniques of the marketing of
services that services play in the economy and its future.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the subject, students will be able:
CLO1: Define concepts of service marketing and classify the service quality gaps.
CLO2: Describe and differentiate the service product planning, service design and services
distribution framework.
CLO3: Illustrate and investigate people, physical evidence and process used in marketing of
services.
CLO4: Compare and contrast the various types of services being operated in global context.
UNIT-I (10 Hours)
Paradigms in Services Marketing, Difference between Product and Services Marketing,
Characteristics of Services, Classification of Services, Service Quality Dimensions, Services
Marketing Mix, Gap model of Service Quality, Understanding Customer Perception and Customer
Expectations, Zone of Tolerance, Segmentation, Targeting and Positioning of Services
UNIT- II (10 Hours)
Developing the Service Product/Intangible Product, Service Product Planning: new Service
Development, Types and Stages of new Services development, Service BlueprintingService
Pricing Strategy: Concept, Types and Strategies of Service Pricing linked to the different values
Services Distributions: Types of Services Distribution, Common issues involving Intermediaries
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Educating Customers and Promoting the Value Proposition (Designing the Communication Mix
for Services)Designing and Managing Service Processes: Role of Technology in Services
Marketing Process, Employees and Customers role in service delivery and processPhysical
Evidence: Concept, types & strategic roles of servicescapesService Recovery and Customer
Feedback
UNIT-IV (10 Hours)
Services in Global Perspective: International Marketing of Services Recent Trends, Principal
Driving Force in Global Marketing of Services, Key Decisions in Global Marketing, Services
Strategy and Organizing for Global Marketing. Marketing of Financial Services: Marketing Mix
Strategies with Special Reference to Credit Cards, Home Loans, Insurance and Banking, Marketing
of Telecom/ Insurance Services.
L T P C
3 1 0 4
197
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Services Marketing by Zeithaml; Tata McGraw Hill, 6th Ed., 2013
T2. Love Lock Christopher - Services Marketing: People, Technology and Strategy, Pearson
Education, 6th
Ed., 2015
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.RajendraNargundkar- Service Marketing- McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition.
R2. Baron S and Harrisk - Services Marketing: Text and Cases, Palgrave, 2nd
Ed.
R3. Woodruff Helen - Service Marketing, Macmillian
R4. Payne Adrian - The Essence of Service Marketing, Prentice Hall of India
R5. Rama MohanaRao - Services Marketing, Person Education,
R6.GovindApte - Services Marketing, Oxford University Press
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO 1 Define concepts of service marketing and classify the service
quality gaps.
1
Remember
CLO 2 Describe and differentiate the service product planning, service
design and services distribution framework
2,3
Understand,
Analyze
CLO 3 Illustrate and investigate people, physical evidence and process
used in marketing of services
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO 4 Compare and contrast the various types of services being
operated in global context
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 L M M H H H H H
CLO2 L M M H H H H H
CLO3 L M H H H H H
CLO4 L M H H H H M H H
H:High M: Medium L: Low
198
Electives:
HUMAN
RESOURCE
MANAGEMENT
199
COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT
MMG4003-HR L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand compensation management processes, issues and techniques.
CO2: To develop a total rewards program sufficient to attract, retain and motivate qualified people
to run the organization.
CO3: To describe the development of compensation program that reflects the relative worth of the
job.
CO4: To integrate the strategic, behavioral and technical principles for identifying and designing
the compensation
CO5: To understand implications and possible approaches for managing legally required benefits.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the concept of basic compensation in organizations, Estimate a plan for Job
Analysis Program and Analyze the Reward System for the Organization
CLO2: Analysis of different ways to strengthen the pay-for-performance link. Design a Job content
based on performance appraisal program.
CLO3: Apply the concept of payment and employee benefits on performance appraisal program
and Evaluate the job.
CLO4: Understand the need of short term incentives and Long term incentives and Create a long
term incentive, deferred compensation plan and various social security plan
CLO5: Understand some of the implications for strategic compensation and possible employer
approaches to managing legally required benefits
Unit I (8 Hours)
The reward system
Reward system: compensation & non compensation dimension, system for non-Compensation, Job
analysis, Planning a job analysis program, Collection and description of job data, designing of
custom made job analysis questionnaire, Guidelines for conducting a job analysis interview, Job
Description.
Unit II (10 Hours)
Job evaluation
Job requirements and pay, Designing a Base pay structure, Pay structure architecture, Determining
a pay policy line, the need for more than one pay structure, identifying lowest and highest rates of
pay, developing pay grades, single rate pay grade, two tire wage plan, multiple point pay structure,
spread of range and steps, pay grade overlap.
Unit III (12 Hours)
Pay Structure:
Merit pay, performance appraisal: cost- effectiveness analysis, designing a job content-based
performance appraisal program, Rating scale design and development, performance standards,
maintaining an employee documentation File ,Point factor method of job evaluation, Combining
point factor and factor comparison methods, job evaluation, committee, , Factor evaluation system,
position evaluation statements.
Unit IV (10 Hours)
200
Short term incentives & Long Term Incentives:
Premium and differentials, pay for unit produced, individual based bonus and rewards,
organization wide short term incentives, Scanlon plan, Designing a long term incentive and
deferred compensation plan, Qualified deferred compensation arrangement, Social security,
retirement plan, pension plans, profit sharing plan, stock bonus plan, ESOP ,employer benefits and
employer costs for ESOP, Individual retirement account, Savings incentive match plan for
employees .
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Compensation Management in a knowledge- based world, Richard I. Henderson, Pearson
Education.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Compensation planning, George T Mulkovich& JerryNewmann, McGraw Hill Publication
R2. Compensation and reward management, B. D. Singh, Excel Publication
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the concept of basic compensation in
organizations, Estimate a plan for Job Analysis Program and
Analyze the Reward System for the Organization
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Analysis of different ways to strengthen the pay-for-
performance link. Design a Job content based on performance
appraisal program.
4
Analyzing
CLO3 Apply the concept of payment and employee benefits on
performance appraisal program and Evaluate the job.
3,5
Applying,
Evaluate
CLO4 Understand the need of short term incentives and Long term
incentives and Create a long term incentive, deferred
compensation plan and various social security plan
2,6
Understand,
Create
CLO5 Understand some of the implications for strategic compensation and
possible employer approaches to managing legally required benefits
2
Understand,
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
201
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H L M M L H H H M
CLO2 M M H L M L M M
CLO3 H H L M H H M M
CLO4 H M L M M H M M L
CLO5 M M M M M M L L M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
202
NEGOTIATION &COUNSELLING
MMG4004-HR L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explore the major concepts and theories of negotiation, as well as the dynamics of
interpersonal and intergroup conflict and its resolution.
CO2: To develop practical skills applicable to a broad range of contexts: identifying crucial
elements of negotiation situations and implementing appropriate resolution strategies.
CO3: To equip the students with valuable skills, techniques and strategies in counseling.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define the stages and elements of the negotiation and counselling process.
CLO2: Differentiate negotiation styles and mental models, analyse their own and their partner’s
behaviour in negotiations
CLO3: Apply complex theory and practice of negotiation and counselling in particular and conflict
resolution in general;
CLO4: Explain the functions of the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement (BATNA);
recognize and use BATNA in negotiations Determine how to counsel and positively interact with
others;
CLO5: Formulate and apply psychological principles of successful negotiations and counselling
CLO6: Evaluate psychological forces that affect decision-making through counselling.
UNIT I (08 hours)
Negotiation: Nature, Characteristics, Strategy and Tactics of Distributive Bargaining, Strategy and
Tactics of Integrative Negotiation; Strategy and Planning for Negotiation.
UNIT II (08 Hours)
Negotiation Sub processes: Perception, Cognition and Emotion Communication: What is
communicated during negotiation and how people communicate in Negotiation..
UNIT III (12 hours)
Best Practices in Negotiation – Fundamental Structure of negotiation and BATNA. Case I - Role
Negotiation at Bokaro Steel Plant (Understanding Organizational Behaviour. By UdaiPareek,
Oxford, Second Edition Page 410-415).
International and Cross Cultural Negotiation: Context and Concept, Influence of Culture on
Negotiation: Case II - The Dabhol Debacle ( Negotiation Made Simple, SL Rao, Excel Books
pp.30-35 and pp. 196-197).
UNIT IV (12 hours)
Emergence & Growth of Counselling: Factors contributing to the emergence, Approaches to
Counselling:
Behaviouristic, Humanistic Approaches and Rogers Self Theory CounsellingProcess : Steps in
Counselling. Process.Modern Trends in Counselling – Trends, Role of a Counsellor and Model of
Counselling.
203
Text Book:
T1. B.D. Singh - Negotiation and Counselling, Excel Books
Reference Books:
R1. Lewicki, Saunders & Barry - Netgotiation (Tata McGraw Hill, 5th Ed.)
R2. Rao S N - Counseling and Guidance (Tata McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed.)
R3. Singh Kavita - Counselling Skills for Managers (PHI, 1st Ed.)
R4. Welfel, Patternson - The Counselling Process, A Multi theoretical Integrative Approach.
(Thomson India, 6th Ed.)
R5. PareekUdai - Understanding OrganizationalBehavior (Oxford)
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define the stages and elements of the negotiation and counseling process 1
Remember
CLO2 Classify negotiation styles and mental models, analyze their own and their
partner’s behavior in negotiations
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply complex theory and practice of negotiation and counseling in
particular and conflict resolution in general;
3
Apply
CLO4 Explain the functions of the Best Alternative to a Negotiated Agreement
(BATNA); recognize and use BATNA in negotiations.
2, 3, 4
Understand,
Apply,
Analyze
CLO5 Formulate and apply psychological principles of successful negotiations
and counseling
3,5
Apply
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluate psychological forces that affect decision-making through
counseling.
6
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H L L L M M L H M H
CLO2 H L M M M L M H L H
CLO3 H L M M H H M H M H
CLO4 H L M M H M M H M H
CLO5 H L M M H M M H M
CLO6 H M M M M M M H M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
204
CROSS-CULTURAL MANAGEMENT
MMG4005-HR L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand an overview of the meaning and dimensions of ‘Culture’;
CO2: To describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices;
CO3: To Understand and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational culture.
CO4: To understand the impact of national culture on Corporate Human Resource management;
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different cultures and
Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over organizational Policies.
CLO2: Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the impact of
cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal communication.
CLO3: Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess the Cross cultural
intelligence and managerial competencies.
CLO4: Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and value
generation and quality improvement.
Unit I: (8 Hours)
Introduction Understanding culture: Values, world views and socio-cultural systems What is
culture and why is it important? How do people react to cultural differences? Can we measure or
graph cultural differences? Is it possible to change a culture? If so, how? What does culture have
to do with business? Ways of describing cultural differences Going International,
Unit II: (12 Hours)
Cultural diversity and multicultural teams: The impact of cultural differences on individuals,
Verbal and non-verbal communication across cultures, Kohlberg’s theory of moral reasoning,
Measuring cultural development, The historical origins of beliefs and values, Impact of cross
cultural communication, , Kohlberg, Malcolm X, and Martin Luther King Jr, Are some societies
better than others?, Relativism vs. development, Respect cultural differences vs. stages of
development, The possibility of an international subculture.
Unit III: (10 Hours)
Conflict and negotiation: Gender differences, Gender, multiethnicity, religion, geography Body
language, The culture of poverty, Hofstede’s dimensions, Cultural aspects of international business
negotiations, Negotiation process, Negotiation Strategies,: Cultural diversity and multicultural
teams National cultures vs. organizational cultures, Knowledge cultures, Cross-cultural
intelligence and managerial competence, Motivating across cultures, Management of cross-culture
teams
Unit IV: (10 Hours)
Leadership traits required for managing cross culture teams Participatory Strategic Planning and
the Technology of Participation Change in corporate culture: the example of quality improvement,
Culture and ethics Understanding significance of cultural values & ethics in cross boarder
businesses, Corporate Culture and Cros Border HRM and Employment Practices with respect to
Japan, European countries, US, China, corporate social responsibility in MNC’s , The McDonald’s
Corporation,
205
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Cross culture management by MsShobhanaMadhavan, Oxford University Press, 2011
T2. Eastern and Cross Culture Management by N K Singh , Springer
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Gannon, Martin J. Paradoxes of Culture and Globalization. Sage Publications, 2008.
R2. Class notes are available at www.gwu.edu/~umpleby/mgt216
R3. For information on group projects see www.gwu.edu/~rpsol/service-learning
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different
cultures and Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over
organizational Policies.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the
impact of cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal
communication.
1, 2 , 3,
Remember,
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess
the Cross cultural intelligence and managerial competencies.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and
value generation and quality improvement.
2, 6
Understand,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M H M H H H H -
CLO2 H H H H H M H H -
CLO3 H H H H H H H H H -
CLO4 H H H H H H H M H H -
H: High M: Medium L: Low
206
Electives:
FINANCIAL
MANAGEMENT
207
FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS & SERVICES
MCM4005-FM L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the working of financial markets and various funds and fee based financial
services.
CO2: To describe Concepts & Practical dynamics of the Indian Financial System, Markets,
Institution and Financial Services.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and explain the broad features of Indian financial institutions with its apex bank’s
objectives and purview. Also illustrate the instruments to control credit in the country.
CLO2: Effectively classify the kinds and components of Primary and Secondary Markets.
Demonstrate the dimensions of performance of financial Institutions.
CLO3: Identify the existence and development of non-banking financial institutions, know the
important role of Mutual funds, LIC, investment companies etc., utilize and effectively participate
in the development process.
CLO4: Understand the conditions of financial Services and its impact in the economy. Inspect and
Compare the different financial strategies for making commercial banks viable
UNIT -I (8 Hours)
• Overview of the financial system in India
• Evolution of stock exchanges in India
• Features of the principal kinds of stock exchanges in India
• Listing and delisting
• Settlement of stock market transactions
UNIT -II (12 Hours)
• Kinds of capital issues, the capital issue process in India, Pricing of capital issues,
Intermediaries in the issue process
• Merchant Banking: Origin, Meaning and Evolution of Merchant Banking, Functions of
Merchant Bank, Role and Qualities of Merchant Banker, SEBI Guidelines and Code of
Conduct for Merchant Banker
• Underwriting:- Concept, Nature, Features, Importance, Functions andEvolution of
Underwriting Business, SEBI Guidelines with Regard to Underwriting
• Credit Rating; Concept, Need, Importance, Objectives and Types of Credit Rating and
Methodologies for Credit Rating, SEBI Guidelines for Rating, Advantages &
Disadvantages of Credit Rating, Credit Rating Agencies in India and Credit Rating
Services.
UNIT -III (10 Hours)
• Mutual funds: Kinds, advantages, limitations
• Entry and exit loads
• Regulatory framework in India
• Insurance: concept, types, and evolution in India
• The regulatory framework of insurance in India
208
UNIT -IV (10 Hours)
• Venture Capital Financing; Concept, features and process
• Leasing: concept, advantages and limitations
• Concept of Hire Purchase
• Factoring and forfeiting services
• Liquidity Management, Asset Liability Management - Gap analysis, Management of Non-
performing assets, Strategies for making commercial banks viable
TEXT BOOK:
T1. ThummuluriSiddaiah, “Financial Services:, Pearson, 2011.
T2. S. Gurusamy, “Merchant Banking and Financial Services”, TMH, 2nd Ed.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. M Y Khan, “Financial Services”,TMH, 6thed.
R2. Fabozzi – “Foundations of Financial Markets and Institutions”, Pearson Education
R3. Bhole L M – “Financial Institutions and Markets”,Tata McGraw-Hill
R4. Machiraju H R – “Indian Financial System”, Vikas
R5. Srivastava ,R.M& Nigam Divya – “Management of Financial Institutions”,Himalaya
R6. Gurusamy R – “Financial Services & Markets”, Thomson
R7. K Sashidharan and Alex Mathews, “Financial Services and System”, TMH
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Blooms
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Define and explain the broad features of Indian financial institutions with its
apex bank’s objectives and purview. Also illustrate the instruments to control
credit in the country.
1, 2, 3
Remember,
Understand
Apply
CLO2 Effectively classify the kinds and components of Primary and Secondary
Markets. Demonstrate the dimensions of performance of financial Institutions.
2,4
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Identify the existence and development of non-banking financial institutions,
know the important role of Mutual funds, LIC, investment companies etc., utilize
and effectively participate in the development process.
5, 6
Evaluate,
Create
CLO4 Understand the conditions of financial Services and its impact in the economy.
Inspect and Compare the different financial strategies for making commercial
banks viable
2, 4, 4
Understand,
Analyze
209
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs and PSOs:
Course
Learning
Outcomes
(CLO):
Programme Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Programme
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O 1
PL
O 2
PL
O 3
PL
O 4
PL
O 5
PL
O 6
PL
O 7
PL
O 8
PL
O 9
PL
O 1
0
PL
O 1
1
PL
O 1
2
PS
O 1
PS
O 2
PS
O 3
CLO 1 H M H M L H H L H H
CLO 2 H L L M H M H H
CLO 3 H H M H H M H H
CLO 4 H M L H M H H M H
H: High, M: Medium, L: Low
210
MANAGEMENT OF WORKING CAPITAL
MCM4006-FM L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To remember the conceptual knowledge with of Management of Working Capital.
CO2: To analyze and apply the concepts of Management of Working Capital in business decision
making.
CO3: To demonstrate the skills of managing the working capital of the business.
CO4: To apply the various concepts, theories and models in the management of working capital in
the busines organization.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course student will be able to
CLO1: Define, remember and classify the various components of working capital.
CLO2: Understand and apply the various policies followed by the companies for management of
working capital.
CLO3: Apply and analyze the various tools and techniques used in the management of working
capital.
CLO4: Analyze, Evaluate, and Create the working capital management plan for the company.
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
CONCEPTS AND DETERMINATION OF WORKING CAPITAL
Conceptual Framework, Operating Environment of working capital, Factors affecting
determination of working capital, Theories and Approaches in determination of working capital,
Calculation of working capital, Management of working capital, Banking policies for working
capital.
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
MANAGEMENT OF INVENTORY & RECEIVABLES: Management of Receivable:-
Objectives, Cost of credit, Components of credit policy, Methods of monitoring of receivables.
Management of Inventory: Objectives, Benefits and principles of receivables management,
Relevant cost in inventory system, Determination of order and stock levels, Tools and techniques
of inventory management.
UNIT - III (12 Hours)
MANAGEMENT OF CASH & MARKETABLE SECURITIES AND FINANCING OF
WORKING CAPITAL:
Management of Cash:-Determinants of cash flows, Cash forecasting, Cash flow statement analysis,
Managing uncertainty in cash flow forecast, Managing cash collections and disbursements, Cash
management techniques. Management of Marketable Securities,:- Need for investment in
marketable securities, types of marketable securities, optimization models.
FINANCING OF WORKING CAPITAL NEEDS: Sources of financing working capital, Bank
Credit – Basic Principles and Practices, Bank Credit – Methods of assessment and appraisal ,
Factoring services, Other Sources of short term finance.
UNIT - IV (8 Hours)
WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT :
Liquidity vs Profitability, Payables management, Short-Term international financial transactions,
Integrating working capital and capital investment process
211
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Pandey, I. M. (2009).Financial Management.9th Edition. New Delhi: Vikas Publishing House.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Bhalla, V. K. (2011). Working Capital Management: Text and Cases. 13th Edition.Anmol
Publication Pvt. Ltd.
R2. Kishore, R. M. (2008). Financial Management.6th Edition. New Delhi: Taxmann Publication.
R3. Khan, M. Y., & Jain, P. K. (2009).Financial Management. New Delhi: Tata McGraw-Hill
Publication.
R4. Rangarajan, K., Rangarajan, K., &Misra, A. (2006).Working Capital Management. Excel
Books India
R5. Periasamy, P. (2011). Working Capital Management –Theory & Practice.Himalaya Publishing
House.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Define, remember and classify the various components of working
capital.
1,2
Remember,
Understanding
CLO2 Understand and Apply the various policies followed by the companies
for management of working capital.
2, 3,
Understanding,
Apply
CLO3 Apply and analyze the various tools and techniques used in the
management of working capital.
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4 Analyze, Evaluate and Create the working capital management plan for
the company.
4,5, 6
Analyze,
Evaluate,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
212
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H
M H M H L
H H
CLO2 H
M H M H L
H H
CLO3 H
M H M
H L
H H
CLO4 H
M H M M H L
H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
213
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
MCM4007-FM
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To make the students understand financial management in global context.
CO2: To explain the foreign exchange market-major players, basic concepts, international
monetary system and contemporary practices.
CO3: To develop an insight into the meaning and increasing role of derivatives in the international
financial market and help students to make the short term and long term financial decisions in the
global market.
CourseLearning Outcomes:On completion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of national economies
and the world economy as a whole.
CLO2: Understand the international financial system and the various issues in overseas funding.
CLO3: Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved in it.
CLO4: Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives.
CLO5: Examine International Bond Market.
UNIT - I (10 Hours)
Nature & Scope of International Finance: Role of information technology and financial
integration in the process of globalization. International Financial Institutions: International
Monetary Fund, World Bank. International credit rating agencies and rating criteria, International
financing decision.
Issues in Overseas Funding: Choices, Economic Circumstances and overall funding choices,
funding and risk management aspects. Parity conditions in International Finance: Purchasing
power parity, Covered Interest Parity, Real Interest Parity and Managerial Implications.
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
Foreign Exchange Markets: Forecasting Exchange Rates, Fundamental Factors affecting
Exchange Rates, Time Series Forecasting Models. Functions of Foreign exchange market, Role of
participants in foreign exchange market. Foreign Exchange Management Act 1999, Role of
Reserve Bank of India in Management of foreign exchange. Exchange Rates; Spot rate, Forward
rate, Cross Rates, Types of exchange rate regimes.
Parity relations, Purchasing power parity, Interest parity, Exchange risk, Types of exchange risk,
Management of exchange risk. Hedging; Internal & External techniques of heading. Currency
futures and options, Currency swaps. Speculation in foreign exchange market.Currency
arbitrage.Covered interest arbitrage.Convertibility of Indian Rupee. Exchange Rate Behaviour,
efficiency and forecasting.
214
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Global Capital Markets, Historical perspective and development, participants, issues, investors,
intermediaries.Foreign Bonds & Euro Bonds.Foreign equity and Euro equity. Depository Receipts
(A.D.Rs and G. D.Rs) Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization, Globalization.
Methods of raising resources by borrowers in international markets – domestic foreign currency
loans out of foreign currency resources like FCNR (B), EEFC, etc.International portfolio
investment, International liquidity, Foreign Exchange Market Mechanism, Foreign Trade zone.
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
International Bond Markets, Development, Types of Bonds, Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep
Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, and Equity related Bonds. Procedure
for Bonds Issues.
Syndicated loans, Multicurrency options, Syndication process in practice, Offer documents and
mandate, Loan agreements. Rights and duties of managing and agents banks.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. ApteP.G., ‘Multinational Financial Management’, Tata -McGraw Hill, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. International Financial Management by VyuptakeshSharan
R2. International Financial Management by S.P. Sriniwasan
R3. International Finance by Mauric Levi, Keith P. ( 2013 Edition)
R4. Foreign Exchange, International Finance, Risk Management by A.V. Rajwade
R5. Currency Exposures and Derivatives by A.VRajwade
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and Discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of
national economies and the world economy as a whole.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand the international financial system and the various issues
in overseas funding.
2
Understand
CLO3 Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved
in it.
4,6
Analyze
Apply
CLO4 Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives. 2, 4
Understand
Analyse
CLO5 Examine International Bond Market. 5
Evaluate
215
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M H H H L H M
CLO2 M M M H H H H H H H
CLO3 M L H H H H M L M
CLO4 M H H M H H M H
CLO5 H H M H H H L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
216
Electives:
OPERATIONS
MANAGEMENT
217
STRATEGIC SOURCING
MMG4003-OM L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1 - To understand the strategic impact of operating decisions and the trade-off inherent in these
choices.
CO2 – To understand the concept and the elements of operations strategy.
CO3- analyze the tools and conceptual framework for both assessing and designing operating
strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company
CO4- To apply the key skills to negotiate effectively, structure your purchasing department,
evaluate and select suppliers using an analytical hierarchy process, and manage cost across the
entire supply chain.
CO5 - To create a procurement strategy that aligns with your overall competitive strategy.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the strategic impact of operating decisions in dynamic business environment.
To identify the relationship formed by many organizations that form strategic alliances to increase
the performance of their common supply chain
CLO2: Understand the advanced and applied perspective of key manufacturing concepts like Lean
manufacturing, capacity planning and so on. identify the issues and examine process involved in
outsourcing and managing suppliers
CLO3: Examine and compare effective and efficient systems for using resources, personnel and
the work process and analyze the tools and conceptual framework for both assessing and designing
operating strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company
CLO4: Identify the key skills to negotiate effectively, develop the structure of your purchasing
department, analyze and decide suppliers using an analytical hierarchy process, and determine cost
across the entire supply chain.
CLO5: Develop and improve a procurement strategy that aligns with your overall competitive
strategy.
UNIT I: (8 Hours)
Imperatives, evolution of strategic sourcing; Supply chains and networks; Supply management’s
role in business and its impact on bottom line; Strategic supply management alliances.
UNIT II: (10 Hours)
Total Cost of Ownership (TCO) and strategic cost management - Components of TCO; Price
and cost analysis; Discounts and contract compensation arrangements.
UNIT III: (10 hours)
Outsourcing and managing suppliers - Make or buy decisions; Strategic issues in outsourcing;
Supplier selection (bidding and negotiation); Supplier evaluation and development; Single
sourcing versus multiple sourcing; Supply base reduction.
218
UNIT IV: (12 Hours)
Supplier relationship and contract management, incentives, innovation and supply risks; Supply
channels and global trade Intermediaries; Currency and payment issues.
Analytical models - Supplier selection; Supplier evaluation; Supply base optimization; Supplier
performance index; Supply contracts.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Burt, D. N., Dobler, D. W. and Starling, S. L. (2008), “World Class Supply Management:
The key to Supply Chain Management”, 7th Edition, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Monczka R., Trent, R. and Handfield, R. (2008), “Purchasing and Supply Chain
Management”, 3rd Edition, Thomson South Western, New Delhi.
R2. Seshadri, S. (2005), “Sourcing Strategy: Principles, Policy and Designs”, 1st Edition,
Springer, New York.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the strategic impact of operating decisions in dynamic
business environment. To identify the relationship formed by many
organizations that form strategic alliances to increase the
performance of their common supply chain
2, 3
Understand,
Applying
CLO2 Understand the advanced and applied perspective of key
manufacturing concepts like Lean manufacturing, capacity
planning and so on. identify the issues and examine process
involved in outsourcing and managing suppliers
2, 3, 4
Understand,
Apply,
Analyze
CLO3 Examine and compare effective and efficient systems for using
resources, personnel and the work process and analyze the tools and
conceptual framework for both assessing and designing operating
strategies that fit with the broader competitive goal of the company
4
Analyze
CLO4 Identify the key skills to negotiate effectively, develop the structure
of your purchasing department, analyze and decide suppliers using
an analytical hierarchy process, and determine cost across the entire
supply chain.
3, 4,5
Apply,
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO5 Develop and improve a procurement strategy that aligns with your
overall competitive strategy.
6
create
219
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H M M H H M H H
CLO2 M M M M /H H M
CLO3 L M H L H H M
H H
CLO4 H
M M H
M L M M
CLO5 M M M M H M H
M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
220
OPERATIONS STRATEGY
MMG4004-OM L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1 - To develop an understanding of how the operations, have strategic importance and can
provide a competitive advantage in the workplace.
CO2 – To understand the framework for analyzing strategic issues in manufacturing and service
operations.
CO3- To analyze the strategic decisions in technology, facilities, vertical integration, human
resources, and other areas, and also explores means of competition such as cost, quality, and
innovativeness
CO4- To create an operations strategy and understand and evaluate the key decisions in operations
that have a substantial impact on a firm's competitive position.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand how the operations have strategic importance and can provide a competitive
advantage in the workplace. Identify the elements of operations strategy and various transformation
processes to enhance productivity and competitiveness.
CLO2: Explain the types of strategic decisions with reference to quality management and
operations management.
CLO3: Analyze and evaluate various facility alternatives and their capacity decisions, develop a
balanced line of production & scheduling and sequencing techniques in operation environments
CLO4: formulate an operational strategy and make strategic operational decisions
UNIT 1 - Introduction to Operations Strategy: (12 Hours)
• Operations Strategy
• Product-Process Matrix
• Managing Strategic Operational Tradeoffs
• Process Analysis & Applications
• Process Flow Analysis
• Flow Time & Capacity Analysis
• Competitive Cost Analysis
• Capacity Sizing
• Capacity Timing & Expansion
• Sales and Operations Planning
• Capacity Types & Flexibility
• Capacity, Queuing & Flow Time Analysis
UNIT 2 - Lean Operations and Quality Management: (10 Hours)
• Lean Operations
• Paradigm of Lean Operations
• Lean Operations for Product Variety
• Uncertainty, Safety Inventory & Pooling
• Pooling: Centralization & Postponement
• Optimal Service Level
• Quality and Voice of the Customer
221
• Development of the Importance of Quality Management
• Quality and Public
• Factors Affecting Quality
UNIT 3 - TQM: (08 Hours)
• Total Quality Management: Introduction and Principles
• History of TQM
• Applications and use
• TQM Philosophies and Approach to Quality: Deming, Juan, Crosby, Kaizen, Shigeo
Shingo, Ishikawa, Taguchi
UNIT 4 - Six Sigma and Techniques (10 Hours)
• Six Sigma Introductions
• The DMAIC Problem Solving Approach
• Customer Satisfaction and Perception of Quality
• Process Mapping
• Tools and Techniques: Pareto and Process Flow Diagram, Check Sheets and Histograms,
Quality Function Deployment, Control Charts, Quality Management Systems, Bench Marking
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. CWL Hill and G Jones, Strategic Management: An integrated Approach, 2009, Biztantra
T2: Norman Gaither & Greg Frazier, “Operations Management,” 9th edition, Thomson-
south western.
T3: Jay Heizer, Barry render &JagadeeshRajshekhar,” Operations Management, “9th edition,
pearson.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Johnson, G., Exploring Corporate Strategy: Text & Cases, 7/E,Pearson Education India
R2. H.Igor, Ansoff: Implanting Strategic Management, Prentice Hall, New Jersey.
R3. Mintzberg, Henry and James Brian Quinn: The Strategy Process, Prentice Hall, New
Jersey.
R4. BediKanishka, “Production and Operations Management”, 2nd edition, Oxford university
press.
222
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLOs Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand how the operations have strategic importance and can
provide a competitive advantage in the workplace. Identify the
elements of operations strategy and various transformation processes to
enhance productivity and competitiveness.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO2 Explain the types of strategic decisions with reference to quality
management and operations management.
2,
Understand,
CLO3 Analyze and evaluate various facility alternatives and their capacity
decisions, develop a balanced line of production & scheduling and
sequencing techniques in operation environments
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Formulate an operational strategy and make strategic operational
decisions
6
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M H L H H H M H H
CLO2 M M M M /H H M
CLO3 L M H M L L L H H M
H H
CLO4 M M M M H M H
M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
223
SUPPLY CHAIN MODELING
MMG4005-OM L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1 - To understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM) including its role in
an organization and in integrating firms in a supply chain.
CO2- To Understand the various concepts in SCM like coordination, planning for uncertainty,
supply contracts, logistics management, outsourcing and procurement management.
CO3 - Apply various analytical methods and tools so that students are able to measure and evaluate
various facets of supply chain performance.
CO4- To understand practices in SCM that differentiate successful firms from others.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM) including its role in an
organization and in integrating firms in a supply chain. To identify how the design, planning,
execution, control, and monitoring of supply chain activities lead to the creation of value,
contribute in building competitive infrastructure, leverage logistics and coordinate supply with
demand.
CLO2: Develop a systematic framework for analyzing the behavior of large and complex supply
chain networks
CLO3: Recognize the relationship and motivations of suppliers and distributors to ensure supplies
of raw materials and markets for finished goods. Utilize various computational, quantitative and
qualitative approaches that reduce production, inventory and transportation costs, and improve
service levels and profitability
CLO4: Understand the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply chain management.
Compare the professional opportunities in supply chain management.
UNIT- I (12 Hours)
Supply chain management (SCM): concepts, internal value chain and bullwhip effect. Supply chain
management and business strategy. Creating value for customer: strategies, implementation and
hurdles.
UNIT-II (8 Hours)
Concept of process.Implications of functional organization of firms.Process management and
systems thinking.Process view of the company; Process reengineering.
UNIT- III (10 Hours)
Understanding physical flow. Purchasing, production and logistics process management. Mapping
of supply chain and process analysis.Design of supply chains.
UNIT- IV (10 Hours)
Outsourcing: concept, advantages and limitations. Importance of information to SCM.ERP
systems.HR issues in SCM. Performance measurement.
TEXTBOOKS:
T1. Fawcett, Ellram and Ogden, “Supply Chain Management”, 2008, Pearson.
224
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Dr. Ashok Sinha, “Supply Chain Management”, 2009, Global India Publications.
R2. Simchi-Levi, Kaminsky&Shankar,“Designing and Maintaining the Supply Chain
Concepts, Strategies & Case Studies”, Tata McGrawHill (2007)
R3. Sunil Chopra, “Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation”, Pearson.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Course Learning Outcomes Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the fundamentals of Supply Chain Management (SCM)
including its role in an organization and in integrating firms in a supply
chain. to identify how the design, planning, execution, control, and
monitoring of supply chain activities lead to the creation of value,
contribute in building competitive infrastructure, leverage logistics and
coordinate supply with demand.
2,
Understand
CLO2 Develop a systematic framework for analyzing the behavior of large
and complex supply chain networks
6
Create
CLO3 Recognize the relationship and motivations of suppliers and
distributors to ensure supplies of raw materials and markets for
finished goods. Utilize various computational, quantitative and
qualitative approaches that reduce production, inventory and
transportation costs, and improve service levels and profitability
3,4,6
Apply,
Analyze,
Create
CLO4 Understand the tools and techniques useful in implementing supply
chain management. Compare the professional opportunities in supply
chain management.
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H L H M H M H H
CLO2 M M H M M /H M M
CLO3 L M H M L L H M H
H H
CLO4 M M M M H M H
M M M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
225
Electives:
INTERNATIONA
L BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
226
INTERNATIONAL MARKETING MANAGEMENT
MMG4003-IB L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To apply the key terms, definitions, and concepts used in marketing with an international
perspective.
CO2: To evaluate different cultural, political, and legal environments influencing international
trade.
CO3: To identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry
in International Market.
CO4: To apply basic internationally oriented marketing strategies (total product concept, pricing,
place, and promotion).
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to :
CLO1: Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize when marketing their
product in foreign countries
CLO2: Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate the growth of Regional
Trading Agreements (RTA).
CLO3: Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the various modes of entry
in International Market
CLO4: Understand the International Marketing Mix
UNIT-I Introduction of International Marketing (8 Hours)
Nature, importance and scope of international marketing, The Concept of International Marketing,
Domestic marketing vs. International marketing, Benefits of international marketing, International
marketing Process an overview, Towards GLOCAL Marketing Adaptation, The Critical Success
Factor in International Markets, Internationalization of IndianFirms.
UNIT-II International Marketing Environment (8 Hours)
International Political and Legal Environment, International Cultural Environment, International
Economic Institutions, Growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTAs), India's Participation in
RTAs, RTA's under the WTO, World Trade Organization, From GATT to WTO, WTO
Agreements Overview, Standards and Safety Measures for International Markets.
UNIT III: Market Identification, Evaluation and Selection (12 Hours)
Overview of India's Foreign Trade, India's Growth of Exports in International Markets vis-à-vis
Select Asian Countries.Identifying Opportunities in International Markets: Identification of
International Markets, Segmentation of International Markets, Selection of International
Markets,The Modes of International Market Entry, Choosing the Right International Market Entry
Mix:-Exporting licensing contract manufacturing, joint venture, setting -up of wholly owned
subsidiaries aboard, Strategic Alliances, Acquisitions, Franchising, Turnkey Operations
227
UNIT IV: International Marketing Mix Decisions (12 Hours)
Product Strategy for International Markets: Standardization vs. Adaptation in International
Markets, Voluntary factors influencing Product Adaptation in International Markets, Trade-off
Strategy between Product Standardization and Adaptation, Pricing Decisions for International
Markets: Pricing Decisions, Pricing Approaches for International Markets, Factors Influencing
Pricing Decisions in International Markets, Dumping, Counter Trade, Transfer Pricing in
International Markets, Grey Marketing
International Distribution :Selecting Channels of International Distribution, Types of
International Distribution Channels
Communication Decisions for International Markets: Tools for International Marketing
Communication, Alternative e-marketing strategies
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Joshi, Rakesh Mohan, International Marketing, Oxford University Press, New Delhi, 2014.
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.Doole Isobel and Robin Lawe, International Marketing Strategy, Cengage Learning
R2. Keegan Warren J, Global Marketing Management, Pearson Education, New Delhi .
R3.Ashok Korwar, Creating Markets across the Globe, Tata McGraw Hill, New Delhi, 1997.
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the marking processes and strategies that firm utilize
when marketing their product in foreign countries
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO2 Understand the International marketing environment and evaluate
the growth of Regional Trading Agreements (RTA).
2, 5,
Understand,
Evaluate
CLO3 Identify the opportunities in international markets and analyze the
various modes of entry in International Market
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand the International Marketing Mix 2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
228
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H H H H H
CLO2 L H H H H H
CLO3 H L H H H H H H
CLO4 H H H H H H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
229
INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
MMG4004-IB
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To make the students understand financial management in global context.
CO2: To explain the foreign exchange market-major players, basic concepts, international
monetary system and contemporary practices.
CO3: To develop an insight into the meaning and increasing role of derivatives in the international
financial market and help students to make the short term and long term financial decisions in the
global market.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Identify and discuss the impact of globalization and the connection of national economies
and the world economy as a whole.
CLO2: Understand the international financial system and the various issues in overseas funding.
CLO3: Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk involved in it.
CLO4: Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding alternatives.
CLO5: Examine International Bond Market.
UNIT - I (10 Hours)
Nature & Scope of International Finance: Role of information technology and financial
integration in the process of globalization. International Financial Institutions: International
Monetary Fund, World Bank. International credit rating agencies and rating criteria, International
financing decision.
Issues in Overseas Funding: Choices, Economic Circumstances and overall funding choices,
funding and risk management aspects. Parity conditions in International Finance: Purchasing
power parity, Covered Interest Parity, Real Interest Parity and Managerial Implications.
UNIT - II (10 Hours)
Foreign Exchange Markets: Forecasting Exchange Rates, Fundamental Factors affecting
Exchange Rates, Time Series Forecasting Models. Functions of Foreign exchange market, Role of
participants in foreign exchange market. Foreign Exchange Management Act 1999, Role of
Reserve Bank of India in Management of foreign exchange. Exchange Rates; Spot rate, Forward
rate, Cross Rates, Types of exchange rate regimes.
Parity relations, Purchasing power parity, Interest parity, Exchange risk, Types of exchange risk,
Management of exchange risk. Hedging; Internal & External techniques of heading. Currency
futures and options, Currency swaps. Speculation in foreign exchange market.Currency
arbitrage.Covered interest arbitrage.Convertibility of Indian Rupee. Exchange Rate Behaviour,
efficiency and forecasting.
230
UNIT - III (10 Hours)
Global Capital Markets, Historical perspective and development, participants, issues, investors,
intermediaries. Foreign Bonds & Euro Bonds.Foreign equity and Euro equity. Depository Receipts
(A.D.Rs and G. D.Rs) Disintermediation, Deregulation, Securitization, Globalization.
Methods of raising resources by borrowers in international markets – domestic foreign currency
loans out of foreign currency resources like FCNR (B), EEFC, etc.International portfolio
investment, International liquidity, Foreign Exchange Market Mechanism, Foreign Trade zone.
UNIT - IV (10 Hours)
International Bond Markets, Development, Types of Bonds, Floating Rate Notes (FRNs), Deep
Discount Bonds, Zero Coupon Bonds, Dual Currency Bonds, and Equity related Bonds. Procedure
for Bonds Issues.
Syndicated loans, Multicurrency options, Syndication process in practice, Offer documents and
mandate, Loan agreements. Rights and duties of managing and agents banks.
TEXT BOOKS:
T2. ApteP.G., ‘Multinational Financial Management’, Tata -McGraw Hill, New Delhi
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R6. International Financial Management by VyuptakeshSharan
R7. International Financial Management by S.P. Sriniwasan
R8. International Finance by Mauric Levi, Keith P. ( 2013 Edition)
R9. Foreign Exchange, International Finance, Risk Management by A.V. Rajwade
R10. Currency Exposures and Derivatives by A.VRajwade
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Identify and Discuss the impact of globalization and the
connection of national economies and the world economy as a
whole.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand the international financial system and the various
issues in overseas funding.
2
Understand
CLO3 Analysis of foreign exchange market operations and the risk
involved in it.
4,6
Analyze,
Apply
CLO4 Explain and Compare Global financial scene and funding
alternatives.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO5 Examine International Bond Market. 5
Evaluate
231
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M H H H L H M
CLO2 M M M H H H H H H H
CLO3 M L H H H H M L M
CLO4 M H H M H H M H
CLO5 H H M H H H L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
232
CROSS-CULTURAL MANAGEMENT
MMG4005-IB L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand an overview of the meaning and dimensions of ‘Culture’;
CO2: To describe and analyze the impact of culture on business practices;
CO3: To Understand and analyze the impact of national culture on organizational culture.
CO4: To understand the impact of national culture on Corporate Human Resource management;
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to different cultures and
Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact over organizational Policies.
CLO2: Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and compare the impact of
cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and nonverbal communication.
CLO3: Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity. Assess the Cross cultural
intelligence and managerial competencies.
CLO4: Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning, employment and value
generation and quality improvement.
Unit I: (8 Hours)
Introduction Understanding culture: Values, world views and socio-cultural systems What is
culture and why is it important? How do people react to cultural differences? Can we measure or
graph cultural differences? Is it possible to change a culture? If so, how? What does culture have
to do with business? Ways of describing cultural differences Going International,
Unit II: (12 Hours)
Cultural diversity and multicultural teams: The impact of cultural differences on individuals,
Verbal and non-verbal communication across cultures, Kohlberg’s theory of moral reasoning,
Measuring cultural development, The historical origins of beliefs and values, Impact of cross
cultural communication, , Kohlberg, Malcolm X, and Martin Luther King Jr, Are some societies
better than others?, Relativism vs. development, Respect cultural differences vs. stages of
development, The possibility of an international subculture.
Unit III: (10 Hours)
Conflict and negotiation: Gender differences, Gender, multiethnicity, religion, geography Body
language, The culture of poverty, Hofstede’s dimensions, Cultural aspects of international business
negotiations, Negotiation process, Negotiation Strategies,: Cultural diversity and multicultural
teams National cultures vs. organizational cultures, Knowledge cultures, Cross-cultural
intelligence and managerial competence, Motivating across cultures, Management of cross-culture
teams
Unit IV: (10 Hours)
Leadership traits required for managing cross culture teams Participatory Strategic Planning and
the Technology of Participation Change in corporate culture: the example of quality improvement,
Culture and ethics Understanding significance of cultural values & ethics in cross boarder
businesses, Corporate Culture and Cros Border HRM and Employment Practices with respect to
Japan, European countries, US, China, corporate social responsibility in MNC’s , The McDonald’s
Corporation,
233
Text Books:
T3. Cross culture management by MsShobhanaMadhavan, Oxford University Press, 2011
T4. Eastern and Cross Culture Management by N K Singh , Springer
References:
R4. Gannon, Martin J. Paradoxes of Culture and Globalization. Sage Publications, 2008.
R5. Class notes are available at www.gwu.edu/~umpleby/mgt216
R6. For information on group projects see www.gwu.edu/~rpsol/service-learning
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understand the meaning of ‘Culture’ and organizations reactions to
different cultures and Analyze the cultural difference and its’ impact
over organizational Policies.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Understand and Remember different cross culture theories and
compare the impact of cultural difference on Individual, Verbal and
nonverbal communication.
1, 2 , 3,
Remember,
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Discuss and criticize the gender differences and cultural diversity.
Assess the Cross cultural intelligence and managerial competencies.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO4 Understand and propose the role of leadership in planning,
employment and value generation and quality improvement.
2, 6
Understand,
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 H M H M H H H H -
CLO2 H H H H H M H H -
CLO3 H H H H H H H H H -
CLO4 H H H H H H H M H H -
H: High M: Medium L: Low
234
Electives: ENTREPRENEURSHIP
AND FAMILY
BUSINESS
MANAGEMENT
235
MANAGEMENT OF FUNDS FOR SMALL BUSINESS
MMG4001-ET
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To expose student to needs of Family business / small business Accounting and Finance.
CO2: To prepare student to maintain books of accounts.
CO3: To teach them about inventory management and operations control.
CO4: To provide overview of inventory and asset management and operations.
Course Learning Outcomes:On completion of the course the students will be able to :
CLO1: Describe the basic accounting concepts and have an overview of business operations
CLO2: Differentiate between various costs and their relative relevance to budgeting
CLO3: Apply the concepts of money management by controlling cash flows using forecasts and
preventive cash flow techniques.
CLO4: Explain the relevance of equity, debt and gifts in small business finance.
CLO5: Formulate financial management for different types of ventures and various stages of
operation.
CLO6: Evaluating and framing of inventory and operations management procedures and
internalizing the intricacies of capital budgeting
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
Small business accounting: Overview of basic accounting concepts. Analysis of Business
operations, The business plan and budget process, Planning/Budgeting, Completing a master
budget, Sales budget, Purchase budget, Cost of goods sold, Labor budget, Selling, general, and
administrative expense budget, Overhead budget, Budgeted income statement, Completing a
comprehensive budget, Controlling, Preparing a Master Budget, Decision Making.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
Cash: Lifeblood of the business: The importance of money management, Money in/ Money Out
, Money as a key idea, Cash and cash equivalents, Managing cash flow, Company and bank cash
balances, Reconciling bank balances with company book balances, Planning cash needs, Sales
budget: forecasting sales receipts, Cash receipts budget, Forecasting cash disbursements, A
comprehensive budget, Preventive cash flow problems, Techniques to increase cash inflow,
Techniques to decrease cash outflows, Controlling Cash shortages.
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
Small business finance: Using equity, debt, and gifts: Focus on small business: Sources of
financing for small businesses, Financing with equity, Determining personal net worth, Getting
equity investment for your business, Obtaining your credit report, Gift financing, Finding grants,
selecting the sources of finance for the business. Financial management for the life of the business,
Tools for financial management, Financial Management for start-up, Financial Management for
growth, Financial Management for operations, Financial Management for business exit.
236
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
Assets: Inventory and operations management: Managing short-term assets, Accounts
receivable, The pros and cons of offering credit to customers, Managing account receivables,
accounts receivable as a source of financing, Using receivables to raise immediate cash, Managing
inventory, Determining the appropriate level of inventory, Scheduling ordering and receipt of
inventory, Just-in-time inventory systems, Other approaches to inventory control, Determining the
value of Inventory. Understanding whole of life costs for capital budgeting, The capital budgeting
decisions, Payback period, Rate of return on investment. Practical in small business.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Jerome Katz, Richard Green, Second Edition (2011), Entrepreneurial small business, Tata
McGraw- Hill
T2. Khan and Jain, Sixth Edition (2012), Financial Management- Text and Problems, Tata
McGraw Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1.Prasanna Chandra, Eight Edition (2011), Financial Management Theory and Practice”, TMH
R2. R P Rustagi, (2010), Financial Management: Theory, Concepts & Problem, Taxmann,
R3.I.M. Pandey, Eighth Edition (2010), Financial Management, Vikas Publishing House Pvt. Ltd,
New Delhi
R4.S.P. Gupta, Second Edition (2009), Financial Management, SahityaBhawan Publication, Agra
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
237
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the basic accounting concepts and have an overview of
business operations
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Differentiate between various costs and their relative relevance to
budgeting
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply the concepts of money management by controlling cash
flows using forecasts and preventive cash flow techniques.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Explain the relevance of equity, debt and gifts in small business
finance.
2, 3, 4
Understand,
Apply,
Analyze
CLO5 Formulate financial management for different types of ventures and
various stages of operation.
3,5
Apply
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluating and framing of inventory and operations management
procedures and internalizing the intricacies of capital budgeting
2, 4, 6
Understand,
Analyze,
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M H H L M H M H M
CLO2 H M H H M M L M H M
CLO3 H M H H L H M M M M
CLO4 H M H H M H M H M M
CLO5 H M H H L M M M M H
CLO6 H H H H M M M H M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
238
MANAGEMENT OF MSME
MMG4002-ET
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To describe Small Scale Industry in the Indian context.
CO2: To discuss the role of institutional support to Small Industries.
Course Learning Outcome:On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the concept of small scale industry, its position in India, role in economic
development and various associated policies.
CLO2: Discern the various institutional infrastructure set up by central and state governments.
CLO3: Apply concepts to understand the working of financial bodies that provide support and the
common problems associated in raising finance.
CLO4: Explain the relevance of quality and associated terminologies and processes- TQM,
KAIZEN etc.
CLO5: Formulate the inventory management system and grasp the models and the intricacies of
supply chain framework.
CLO6: Evaluate the legal requirements concerning business and have and overview of various
related Acts.
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
Introduction to Small Industry: Introduction, Concept of small industry, Position in India, Role
of small industries in economic development. Definition of Smallscale Industries, Undertakings,
SSI Policy Statement, Procedure for SSI Registration, The Strengths and Weakness of Small
Business. Reasons for the significance of small sector, various forms of smallscale enterprises
Policy Support to Small Sector in India: Industrial Policy Resolution 1948, 1956, 1977, 1980,
1990, 1991, Policies and measures for promoting small industries, Ancillarisation and its role.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
Institutional Support to Small Industries: Institutional Infrastructure set up by Central
Government and at the state level- SIDO, DCSSI, SISIs, NSIC, PDTCs Specialized Corporations,
DICs, Specialized Corporations DICs, and Addresses of SISIs etc. Finance for Small Industries:
Financing by commercial banks, Assistance by other agencies NSIC; IDBI - Refinance assistance,
Bills rediscounting scheme, Special Capital/Seed Capital Scheme, Export Finance; Non-traditional
methods of financing, common problems in raising finances.
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
Quality Dimensions for MSME Success:
- Quality definition, dimensions- Customer, Manufacturer, Internal Customer.
- Overview of TQM, basic concept of KAIZEN, 55, Quality Circles
-Importance of Operation Management- Volume, Variety & Flow- Continuous and intermittent
flow system
-Inventory Planning and Control- EOQ Model
239
-Production Planning- Role & Functions
- Supply chain integrated framework
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
Legal Requirements Concerning Business: Overview of various related Acts (Factories Act,
1948; 1938; Employees Provident Fund Act, 1952, Industrial Disputes Act, 1947, Workmen's
Compensation Act, 1923; Trade Union Act, 1948; Payment of Bonus Act, 1965; Payment of
Gratuity Act, 1972). Taxation Benefits to Small Industry.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Dr. C.L. Bansal, (2016), Entrepreneurship and Small Business Management, HarAnand
Publications Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi
T2. Mohinder Singh, First edition (2016)Management Of Micro, Small And Medium Enterprises
(MSME'S) In India, Nirmal Publishing
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. Dr. MadhurimaLall&ShikhaSahai, Second Edition (2008), Entrepreneurship, Excel Books,
New Delhi
R2. R. Srinivasan, C.PLohith,Strategic Marketing and Innovation for Indian MSMEs, Springer
Singapore
R3. Indian Institute of Banking & Finance (IIBF), (2013), Small and Medium Enterprises in India,
Taxmann Publications Pvt Ltd., New Delhi
240
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to :
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the concept of small scale industry, its position in India,
role in economic development and various associated policies.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Discern the various institutional infrastructure set up by central and
state governments.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO3 Apply concepts to understand the working of financial bodies that
provide support and the common problems associated in raising
finance.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO4 Explain the relevance of quality and associated terminologies and
processes- TQM, KAIZEN etc.
2, 3, 4
Understand,
Apply,
Analyze
CLO5 Formulate the inventory management system and grasp the models
and the intricacies of supply chain framework.
3,5
Apply
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluate the legal requirements concerning business and have and
overview of various related Acts.
2, 4, 6
Understand,
Analyze
Evaluate
241
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 M M H M M L L M H M
CLO2 M M H L M M M M H M
CLO3 M M H M M L H M H M
CLO4 H H H M M M H M H M
CLO5 H M H H M M M M H H
CLO6 M M H L M H H H H M
H: High M: Medium L: Low
242
MANAGING, GROWING AND EXITING THE NEW
VENTURE
MMG4003-ET
L T P C
3 1 0 4
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To identify stages of venture and entrepreneurial conduct
CO2: To prepare student with the understanding of resources and external sources
CO3: To describe separation and exit strategies
Course Learning Outcome:On completion of the course students will be able to:
CLO1: Describe the concept generating and exploiting new entry opportunities
CLO2: Differentiate opportunity on the basis of risk, uncertainty and potential and the
advantages of being a first mover.
CLO3: Understand the concepts to understand various strategies of growth and their
implication on financial, human resource and entrepreneurial resources.
CLO4: Explain the relevance of using external parties to grow a business- franchising, joint
ventures, mergers etc.
CLO5: Formulate the strategy for negotiating for resources and assessing the impact of Going
Public
CLO6: Evaluate routes available for reorganization and ending the venture and planning Exit
strategy.
Unit 1- (10 Hours)
Entrepreneurial Strategy: Generating and Exploiting New Entries:
New Entry, Generation of a New Entry Opportunity - Resources as a Source of Competitive
Advantage, Creating a Resource Bundle. Assessing the Attractiveness of a New Entry
Opportunity - Information of New Entry, Comfort with Making a Decision under Uncertainty,
Decision to Exploit or Not to Exploit the New Entry. Entry Strategy for New Entry Exploitation
- Environmental Instability and First Mover Advantages/ disadvantages, Customer Uncertainty
and First Mover Advantages/disadvantages, Lead Time and First Mover
Advantages/disadvantages. Risk Reduction Strategies for New Entry Exploitation- Market
Scope Strategy, Imitation Strategies, Managing Newness.
Unit 2- (10 Hours)
Strategies For Growth And Managing The Implications of Growth:
Growth Strategies: Growth Opportunities- Penetration Strategies, Market Development
Strategies, Product Development Strategies, Diversification Strategies, Example of Growth
Strategies. Economic Implications of Growth. Implications of Growth for the Firm - Pressures
on Existing Financial Resources , Pressures on Human Resources, Pressures on Management
of Employees , Pressures on Entrepreneur’s Time. Overcoming the Pressures.
Unit 3- (10 Hours)
243
Accessing Resources For Growth From External Sources:
Using External Parties to Help Grow a Business, Franchising - Advantages of Franchising- to
the Franchisee, Advantages of Franchising- to the Franchiser, Disadvantages of Franchising,
Types of Franchising, Investing in Franchising.Joint Ventures- Types of Joint Ventures,
Factors in Joint Ventures.Acquisition- Advantages of Acquisition, Disadvantages of
Acquisition, Synergy, Structuring the Deal, Locating Acquisition Candidates.Mergers,
Leveraged Buyouts, Overcoming Constraints by Negotiating for More Resources.Going
Public: Advantages and Disadvantages of Going Public.
Unit 4- (10 Hours)
Ending the Venture: Bankruptcy- An overview, Reorganization- Surviving Bankruptcy,
Prepackaged Bankruptcy, Extended Time Payment Plans, Liquidation, Strategy during
Reorganization, Keeping the Venture Going, Warning Signs of Bankruptcy, Starting Over, The
Reality of Failure, Business Turnarounds, Exit Strategy. Succession of Business- Transfer to
Family Members, Transfer to Non-Family Members.Harvesting Strategy- Direct Sale,
Employee Stock Option Plan, Management Buyout.
TEXT BOOKS:
T1. Robert D Hisrich, Michel P Peters, Dean A Shepherd, Sixth Edition, Entrepreneurship,
Tata Mcgraw Hill
REFERENCE BOOKS:
R1. James Collins, William C. Lazier, Beyond Entrepreneurship: Turning Your Business into
an Enduring Great Company, Prentice Hall
244
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Describe the concept generating and exploiting new entry
opportunities
1
Remember,
CLO2 Differentiate opportunity on the basis of risk, uncertainty and
potential and the advantages of being a first mover.
4
Analyze
CLO3 Understand the concepts to understand various strategies of
growth and their implication on financial, human resource and
entrepreneurial resources.
2
Understand
CLO4 Explain the relevance of using external parties to grow a business-
franchising, joint ventures, mergers etc.
2
Understand,
CLO5 Formulate the strategy for negotiating for resources and assessing
the impact of Going Public
3,5
Apply
Evaluate
CLO6 Evaluate routes available for reorganization and ending the
venture and planning Exit strategy.
5
Evaluate
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O1
0
PL
O1
1
PL
O1
2
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M H M M M H H M H H
CLO2 H M H H M M M M M H H
CLO3 H H H H H M H M L H H
CLO4 H H H H H M H H H M M
CLO5 H H H H M M M M M M H
CLO6 H M H H M H H M H M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
245
OPEN
ELECTIVE/VALUE
ADDED COURSES
246
ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE AND DEVELOPMENT
MMG4001-OE/MMG4001-VA
(40 Hours)
Course Learning Objective:
CO1: To illustrate students with a conceptual framework addressing the strategic importance
of managing change and organization development (OD) in various agencies, human service
organizations, community organizations and other settings.
CO2: To describe the process of implementing changes as the key facet and fundamental
challenge in managing organizational change.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Compare and contrast approaches to change management intended to produce nimble,
high-performing organizations.
CLO2: Enhance their capacity to think systemically about issues of change management.
CLO3: Develop the ability to give and receive effective feedback on facilitation and training
competencies.
CLO4: Demonstrate competence in developing specific measurable goals and utilizing
appropriate change interventions to achieve the project goals.
UNIT-I (8 Hours)
Nature of organizational change, Forces of change, Types of organizational change – External
and Internal, Recognizing the need for change, Problem diagnosis, planned change, Leading
the change process, Strategies and Skills for Communicating Change
UNIT – II (8 Hours)
Models of organizational change – Force Field, Kurt Lewis, Systems, The Six‐Box
organizational Model, The 7‐S framework, Identifying alternate change techniques, Resistance
to change, Managing resistance to change, The process of organizational change. Incremental
Change Vs Disruptive Change.
UNIT – III (12 Hours)
Organisation development- Concept and process; Assumptions and values underlying
organisation development (OD); Foundations of organisation development, Emergence of OD
as an applied behavioural science; Role of top management and organization development
practitioners.
Organisational Diagnosis: Techniques of organisational diagnosis- Questionnaires, interviews,
workshops, task -forces and other methods; Collecting and analysing diagnostic information;
feeding back diagnostic information.
UNIT – IV (12 Hours)
OD Interventions: Change agents- Role, skills and styles of change agents; Relation with the
client system; Designing interventions; Evaluating and institutionalizing interventions; Action
research; Structural interventions- Work redesign, work modules, Quality of work life (QWL),
Quality circles(QC); Behavioural interventions- Management by objectives (MBO),
L T P C
3 0 0 3
247
Sensitivity training, Transactional analysis; Career planning; Inter-group interventions- team
building, survey feedback, Grid OD; Techno-structural interventions- Restructuring
organizations, Employee involvement.
Text Books:
T1. Organization Development: Interventions And Strategies, S.Ramnarayan, TV Rao and
Kuldeep Singh (Ed.), Response Books, ISBN- 9780761992240.
T2. Organization Change & Development, Kavita Singh, Excel Books, ISBN
– 9788174468116
Reference Books:
R1. Change & Knowledge Management-R.L. Nandeshwar, Bala Krishna Jayasimha, Excel
Books
R2. Change Management, concepts and applications, Radha R. Sharma, McGraw Hil,
R3. MANAGING ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE: A multiple perspectives approach, Ian
Palmer, Richard Dunford, Gib Akin.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy Level
CLO1 Compare and contrast approaches to change management
intended to produce nimble, high-performing organizations.
4
Analyze
CLO2 Enhance their capacity to think systemically about issues of
change management.
3
Apply,
CLO3 Develop the ability to give and receive effective feedback on
facilitation and training competencies.
6
Create
CLO4 Demonstrate competence in developing specific measurable
goals and utilizing appropriate change interventions to
achieve the project goals
3, 4
Apply,
Analyze,
248
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H M L M H L L H L M H
CLO2 H L L H L H L M H
CLO3 H L L H L L H L M M
CLO4 H M L H L H L M H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
249
HR ISSUES IN MERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS
MMG4002-OE/MMG4002-VA
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To familiarize the students with the Conceptual framework relating to M&A and
Organization integration.
CO2: To enable students to understand Human and cultural related issues arising out of M&A
CO3: To outline the various roles of HR functionaries in dealing with M&A
CO4: To build competencies in the participants to manage people and culture related issues
during an M&A process.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Merger and Acquisition
CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various Human Due Diligence.
CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various models of Merger and Acquits ion
CLO4: Creating High Potential Employees and Defining HR role in Managing Merger and
Acquisition.
UNIT I (10 Hours)
Conceptual Framework: Concepts of Mergers and Acquisitions, Organizational Growth
through M&A,M&A in historical perspective, The Indian Scenario of M&A , An overview of
HR contributions towards M&A
UNIT II (8 Hours)
Understanding the Strategic Dynamics of M&A: Developing integration models, Human
Due diligence, implementing the integration plan
UNIT III (12 Hours)
HR Related Issues in M&A: Organizational Vision and Mission, Developmental structures
and systems, HR policies, Managing Ambiguity, Attracting and retaining high performers,
Managing lift-outs, Utilizing and managing excess manpower, Establishing of continuity and
integration of culture, Managing insecurity and stress, Organizational Renewal
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
HR Role in Managing M&A: Managing Change, HR Role in Managing change through
M&A
M&A Phases and HR Role, Preliminary stage (establishing people and culture fit), M&A
phase
Post M&A roles, HR Competencies in Managing M&A (Project based module)
L T P C
3 0 0 3
250
Text Books:
T1. Mergers and Acquisitions: Organizational Culture and HR issues by Deborah A.
Pikula, IRC Press, 2011
T2. Making Mergers Work: The Strategic Importance of People by Jeferry A. Schmidt,
Society for Human Resource Management, 2002.
Reference Books:
R1. HR Know How in Mergers and Acquisitions by Cartwright and Cary L Cooper, CIPD
2002
R2. Strategic Management by AzharKazmi& Adela Kazmi, Pearson, 2008.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s
TaxonomyLevel
CLO1 Define and describe the concepts of Merger and Acquisition
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various Human Due Diligence.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Demonstrate and compare various models of Merger and
Acquisition
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4
Creating High Potential Employees and Defining HR role in
Managing Merger and Acquisition.
6
Create
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learnin
g
Outcom
es
ProgramLearning
Outcomes(PLOs)
ProgramSpecific
Outcomes(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
P
LO
8
PL
O9
P
LO
10
P
LO
11
P
LO
12
P
SO
1
PS
O2
P
SO
3
PS
O4
CLO1 M L M H M
CLO2 H M H H M
CLO3 H H L L H L H M
CLO4 H H L L H L M L H:HighM:MediumL:Low
251
RURAL MARKETING
MMG4003-OE/MMG4003-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the conceptual framework for managing rural markets.
CO2: To Analyze the needs and behavior of consumers and channels
CO3: To understand the peculiarities of rural markets, channels and competition in marketing
decision making
CO4: To understand the rural Market Segmentation and Rural Products
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understand the meaning and analyze the emergence of Rural Marketing.
CLO2: Apply the concepts, techniques and processes of marketing in rural context.
CLO3: Identify the different pricing strategy from the affordability perspective. Determine the
classification of product.
CLO4: Understand the distribution policies. Discuss the coverage decision and GIS and
measure its trends.
CLO5: Assess the changed patterns in the environment. Discuss the key aspects that require
attention of rural marketing
UNIT-I [09 Hours]
Rural Marketing : Characteristics and Dimensions of Rural Markets, Rural Market Profile,
Rural Market in India - Size and Scope, Environment and Emerging Profile of Rural Markets
in India, Constraints in Rural Marketing and strategy to overcome the constraints.
UNIT-II [11 Hours]
Rural consumer dimensions, Rural Demand Dimension, Tapping the Rural Markets, Rural
Market Segmentation - Basis and Strategies, Need & wants of Rural Consumers, Marketing
Mix for Rural Marketing - Product Planning for Rural Products - Pricing Methods and
Strategies for Products of Rural Markets Product Management in Rural Markets
UNIT III: [10 Hours]
Distribution pattern and methods in rural markets, Channel management in rural markets
Managing physical distribution in rural markets, Marketing Communication in Rural Markets
: Promotion as a component in marketing communication-Advertising and sales promotion for
rural markets - Major challenges in Media planning - Sales force management in rural markets
UNIT IV: [10 Hours]
Rural Market and Brand Management, Marketing Strategies for Indian Rural Market.,
Case of HUL – Project Shakti, Case of CFCL – UttamBandhan, Case of ITC – e-Choupal, Case
of Colgate – Education, Case of HLL – Social Marketing, lessons from experience.
252
Text Book:
T1.Rural Marketing, PradeepKashyap, Pearson, 3rd Edition, 2016
Reference Books:
R1.A.K. Singh & S. Pandey,Rural Marketing: Indian Perspective, New Age International
Publishers, 2007.
R2.CSG Krishnamacharylu&Laitha Ramakrishna, - Rural Marketing,Pearson Education
Asia. 2009
R3. BalaramDogra&KarminderGhuman, RURAL MARKETING: CONCEPT & CASES,
Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing Company, New Delhi, 2008
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLOs Course Learning Outcome BLOOMS
TAXONOMY
CLO1 Understand the meaning and analyse the emergence of Rural
Marketing.
2,4
Understand
Analyse
CLO2 Apply the concepts, techniques and processes of marketing in
rural context.
3
Apply
CLO3 Identify the different pricing strategy from the affordability
perspective. Determine the classification of product.
2
Understand
CLO4 Understand the distribution policies. Discuss the coverage
decision and GIS and measure its trends.
2, 4
Understand,
Analyze
CLO5 Assess the changed patterns in the environment. Discuss the key
aspects that require attention of rural marketing
4
Analyze
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs &PSOs
253
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program
Learning
Outcomes
(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H H H H M H H
CLO2 M H M H M M H
CLO3 H M M M L H
CLO4 H H L H
CLO5 H L H M H
H:HighM:MediumL:Low
254
MALL MANAGEMENT
MMG4004-OE/MMG4004-VA
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To enhance the understanding of the concepts, theories, and strategies related to
Shopping Mall.
CO2: To provide knowledge on Mall design and its retail components and their influence on
retail strategy and various mall management decisions.
CO3: To enhance the ability of the students to apply the acquired knowledge in real life mall
management situations.
Course Learning Outcomes: Oncompletion of this course, students will be able to:
CLO1: Discuss and define the concept of Mall management
CLO2: Classify and describe the Mall architecture and mall project handling
CLO3: Organize and assess the existing situations in Mall Management
CLO4: Compare and develop a system for efficient Mall management.
UNIT- I [10 Hours]
History of malls, Growth of malls in India, some of the largest malls in the world, Types of
malls, Significance of shopping malls & its Positioning Strategies, Dynamics among
stakeholders of a mall, mall management terminology.
UNIT- II [10 Hours]
Site selection, Site control and acquisition, Market Analysis-Evaluation of retail trade area,
Shopping Centre Planning & design, Components of lease agreement, other issues in leasing
UNIT- III [09 Hours]
Concept of tenant mix, Managing retail tenant mix, Policies for managing tenant mix, Rules of
tenant mix concept, Concept and importance of Anchor store.
UNIT- IV [11 Hours]
Concept of facilities management, O&M for mall, Areas of maintenance, Maintenance by Mall
Manager/specialized agency, Parking management, Insurance, Entertainment in shopping.
Text Book:
L
T
P
C
3 0 0 3
255
T1.Mall Management with case studies: Abhijit Das, Taxmann, 2nd Edition.
Reference Books:
R1. Arif I. Sheikh and Dr. Kaneez Fatima: Mall Management, Himalaya Publishing
House.
R2. Harvinder Singh and Srini R. Srinivasan : Mall management, Tata McGraw Hill
Education
R3. KamladeviBaskaran: Mall Management, Lambert Academic Publishing
R4. SwapnaPradhan, Retail Management: Text & Cases, McGraw Hill (2012) 5th Edition
R5. Levy,Weitz& Ajay Pandit, Retailing Management, McGraw Hill 8th Edition.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO1 DESCRIPTION Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Discuss and define the concept of Mall management 1, 2,
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Classify and describe the Mall architecture and mall project
handling
2,
Understand
CLO3 Organize and assess the existing situations in Mall
Management
3, 5
Apply,
Evaluate
CLO4 Compare and develop a system for efficient Mall
management.
3,6
Apply,
Create
256
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 L M M M H H H
CLO2 L M H M H H H H
CLO3 L M H M H H H H
CLO4 L M H H H H H
H: High M: Medium L: Low
257
INSURANCE AND RISK MANAGEMENT
MMG4005-OE/MMG4005-VA L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To make budding finance professional understand the fundamentals of Insurance
and Risk Management
CO2: To develop an understanding of different Insurance policy like whole life
policy, endowment policy, annuity policy, Pension funds etc.and decision making in
choosing policies.
CO3: To evaluate the Risk, Determining Optimum Risk Management and Value
Creation.
CO4: To Understand the Legal Compliance in Insurance business.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Understanding the Insurance Business and Analyzing different insurance products
that are available in India.
CLO2: Analyzing various Techniques of the Life Insurance and Evaluation of Life Insurance
Business, Portfolio tools, Pension Funds etc
CLO3: Understanding the Financial Aspect of Insurance, Determination and Evaluation of
Premium, Bonuses. Understanding of Mutual Funds, Housing Finance etc.
CLO4: Selection and Evaluation of Risk Management. Applying Risk Adjusted Performance
Measures. Determination of Value at Risk. Understanding of Insurance Legalities.
UNIT - I (8 Hours)
Meaning, nature and scope of insurance, Types of insurance business, Importance of insurance
in economic development, Pooling risks: mutuality &solidarity, reinsurance
business,Principles of life insurance and governance of insurance business.
UNIT - II (12 Hours)
Life insurance technique: The basics- Demographical bases, life insurance products: Single
premiums, Single recurrent and periodic premium insurance, Products, Mathematical
provisions, Life insurance products: Endowment, Life annuity, Unit and index linked, Pension
funds, Life insurance technique: applications- Life insurance with benefits linked to investment
performance, the valuation of the life insurance business, Portfolio Evaluation tools Risks and
Solvency, Pension Funds and Occupational Pension Schemes
UNIT - III (8 Hours)
Financial Aspects of Insurance Management- Insurance companies and functions, Mutual
funds, Housing finance etc.Important general insurance products, Determination of premiums
and bonuses, various distribution channels.
258
UNIT - IV (12 Hours)
Risk Management: Risk management objectives and tools, Risk management and value
creation, The risk management process, Enterprise-wide risk management, Risk management
in industrial companies, RAPM -Risk Adjusted Performance Measures, Value at risk and
underwriting, Role of Actuaries- Product framing, Underwriting guidelines. Preparation of
insurance documents policy and conditions.
Text Book:
T1. NeelamGulati-Principles of Risk Management& Insurance (Excel Books)
Reference Books:
R1Kakkar&Srivastava – Insurance and Risk Management (Universities Press)
R2. Vaughan & Vaughan - Fundamentals of risk & Insurance (John Wiley & Sons, New
York)
R3. Srivastava D.C., SrivastavaShashank - Indian Insurance Industry Transition & Prospects
(New Century Publications, Delhi)
R4. Mishra M.N. - Insurance Principle & Practice (Sultan Chand & Company Ltd., New
Delhi)
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO):On completion of this course, the students will be able
to:
CLO1 DESCRIPTION Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1 Understanding the Insurance Business and Analyzing
different insurance products that are available in India.
2, 4,
Understand,
Analyze
CLO2 Analyzing various Techniques of the Life Insurance and
Evaluation of Life Insurance Business, Portfolio tools,
Pension Funds etc
4, 5
Analyz,
Evaluate
CLO3 Understanding the Financial Aspect of Insurance,
Determination and Evaluation of Premium, Bonuses.
Understanding of Mutual Funds, Housing Finance etc.
2, 5
Understand,
Evaluate
CLO4 Selection and Evaluation of Risk Management. Applying
Risk Adjusted Performance Measures. Determination of
Value at Risk. And Understanding of Insurance Legalities.
2,3,4
Understand,
Apply,
Evaluate
259
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
CLO1 H L M M M L
CLO2 H H M H M
CLO3 H H M H
CLO4 H M H H L
H: High M: Medium L: Low
260
ONLINE TRADING OF FINANCIAL ASSETS
MMG4006-OE/MMG4006-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand how to do the trading of financial assets online.
CO2: To know practically the prerequisites of trading
CO3: To analyze the securities using the MIS reports available online.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concepts and elements of Capital Market.
CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various financial products and services available in capital
market.
CLO3: Demonstrate and compare various investment options available by using online
platforms.
CLO4: Design and create a favorable investment plan and use of excel for profit management.
UNIT - I (10Hours)
Overview of Capital Markets: Overview of Indian capital market and global capital market, Stock
exchanges in India: Vision, Mission and functions, Products &participants, Key indicators of
securities market, market segments & their products, options available with investors for trading
online.
UNIT - II (10Hours)
Products in Capital Markets: Capital Market( Equity, Indices, MFs, ETFs, IPOs, Offer for sale,
IPP, SLBs) Derivatives (Equity derivatives, Currency Derivative, Interest rate derivatives, Global
indices) Debt ( Retail debt market, Wholesale debt market, Corporate bonds) Investors' rights and
obligations
UNIT - III (10Hours)
Trading Online: Pre requirements and documentation, Online trading and mobile applications,
Verifying trades, contract notes, bills, demands. Verifying margin requirements and balance in
trading account. Analysis using online information: Using online reports and charts for analysis
and decision making (daily, monthly)
UNIT - IV (10Hours)
Creating data base for your portfolio, Understanding Trading, Clearing & settlement and Risk
Management related to each product in Capital Market.
Profit Management: Managing online 3 portfolios and related customized market watch (e.g. My
NSE) along with related detailed MIS in excel
261
Text Book:
T1. Mastering the Trade: Proven Techniques for Profiting from Intraday and Swing Trading
Setups (McGraw-Hill Trader's Edge Series) by John F. Carter.
Reference Books:
R1. A Beginner's Guide to Day Trading Online (2nd edition) by Toni Turner.
R2. Day Trade Online – Christopher A. Farrell
R3. Indian Financial System – M.Y.Khan –Tata McGraw Hill
Course Learning Outcomes (CLO): On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO Description Bloom’s Taxonomy
Level
CLO1
Define and describe the concepts and elements of Capital
Market.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Understand and illustrate the various financial products and
services available in capital market.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Demonstrate and compare various investment options
available by using online platforms.
4, 5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Design and create a favorable investment plan and use of
excel for profit management.
6
Create
262
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs&PSOs
H: High M: Medium L: Low
Course
Learning
Outcomes
Program Learning Outcomes (PLOs) Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
PL
O5
PL
O6
PL
O7
PL
O8
PL
O9
PL
O10
PL
O11
PL
O12
PS
O1
PS
O2
PS
O3
PS
O4
CLO1 M L M H M
CLO2 H M H H M
CLO3 H H L L H L H M
CLO4 H H L L H L M L
263
MANAGEMENT OF HEALTHCARE SERVICES
MMG4007-OE/MMG4007-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To understand the principles and practices essential for managing a Healthcare organization.
CO2: To understand Health care management, the subject encompasses management principles in
Interdisciplinary mode, functions and processes, discussing their significance and role in effective
and efficient management of Healthcare organizations.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and describe the concepts of Healthcare system and its’ effective management.
CLO2: Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for decision making
in healthcare management.
CLO3: Apply and examine the use of ICT and ICPM in healthcare management.
CLO4: Analyze and solve the Legal and Medical issue of healthcare management.
UNIT –I [8 Hours]
Unique features of Healthcare
Healthcare as an organization, Concept of Management in Healthcare Organizations, Indian
Healthcare system, Health Policies, Expenditure and Allocations, Under Five -Year Plans, Role of
Private Sector and PPP, Healthcare as a Service Operation, Corporate Social Responsibility,
Healthcare Units / Hospitals
UNIT – II [8 Hours]
Management Functions related to Healthcare
Characteristics of a Modern Healthcare unit, Nature of Management Process and Managerial
Functions with special reference to Healthcare, Planning, Organizing, Staffing, Directing,
Coordinating and Controlling, Supply Chain of a Healthcare system, Application of Supply Chain
functions to Healthcare Organizations
UNIT – III [12 Hours]
Legal and Medical Issues in Healthcare
Law and establishment of Hospitals, Private / Public Hospitals, Legal requirements under Medical
Council Acts, Hospitals as an 'Industry', Application of Labour Enactments, Discipline in
Hospitals' Legal Liability of Health Care Organization Hospitals, Criminal, and Civil. Liability for
Negligence, Consumer Protection Law, Absolute Liability and Vicarious Liability, Legal remedies
available to Patients, Remedies under Contract Law, Criminal law and Consumer protection' Act.
UNIT – IV [12 Hours]
Information Communication Technology (ICT) in a Healthcare System
264
Data entry, Formatting of Data, Data handling, Filter of Raw data, Charts and Mapping, Statistical
applications, Testing of Health Care Data, Application of Queuing model of Critical care unit in a
Health care system.
Inventory Control and Purchase Management (ICPM) in Healthcare Hospital Inventory
Management
Store Management / Inventory Control in Health Care system, Impact on profitability of the
Organization, Different types of Hospital Inventories, Categories of materials in Hospital as un-
expendable and expandable, Classification of un -expandable items, Hospital maintenance items,
Selective Inventory Controls Systems, ABC Analysis.
Minimum 5 Cases to be discussed
Text Books:
T1.Healthcare Systems and Management, Goel S. L , Deep and Deep Publications
Reference Books:
R1. Essentials of management, Koontz Harold, Heinz Weihrich, McGraw Hill International
R2. Medical negligence and legal remedies, AnoopKaushal K, Universal law Publisher.
R3. Management Information System, Gordon B. Davis and M. H. Ols'on, McGraw Hill
Publishing Company.
R4. Hospital Stores Management, Shakti Gupta, SunilkanthJaypee
R5. Managing a Modem hospital, SrinivasanA.V. (ed), Chapters 6, 7, 8, 9, Response Books
R6. Facilities Planning and Arrangement in Healthcare, Kunders, G.D Prism Books Pvt Ltd.
Bangalore.
R7. Hospital Planning and Administration, Davies Llewellyn R & Macaulay H M C Jaypee
Brothers
R8. Principles of Hospital Administration & Planning, Sakharkar, B M – Jaypee
R9. A handbook on Hospital Administration, Sharma K R, Sharma Yashpal, Durga Printers
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course,the students will be
able to:
265
CLO Description Bloom’s
TaxonomyLe
vel
CLO1
Define and describe the concepts of Healthcare system and its’ effective
management.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Explain and choose the various tools and techniques that can be used for
decision making in healthcare management.
2,3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Apply and examine the use of ICT and ICPM in healthcare management. 3,4
Apply,
Analyze
CLO4
Analyze and solve the Legal and Medical issue of healthcare
management
4,6
Analyze,
Creating
266
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs &PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
ProgramLearning
Outcomes(PLOs)
ProgramSpecific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
P
LO
4
PL
O5
P
LO
6
PL
O7
P
LO
8
PL
O9
P
LO
10
P
LO
11
P
LO
12
P
SO
1
PS
O2
P
SO
3
PS
O4
CLO1
M
M
M
M
M
CLO2
H
M
H
H
H
CLO3
H
L
H
M
H
H
H
CLO4
H
M
L
L
H
M
M
M
H:HighM:MediumL:Low
267
REAL ESTATE MANAGEMENT
MMG4008-OE/MMG4008-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To explain fundamentals of professional property management of investment properties:
residential, commercial and industrial.
CO2: To describe organization, staffing, marketing, accounting maintenance, landlord/tenant law
and management procedures.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Define and explain concept and laws relating to the practice of property management.
CLO2: Describe and illustrate current marketing, ethical and maintenance procedures used by real
estate firms.
CLO3: Analyze and determine the need and importance of specialized training and experience
needed for today’s professional property managers/experts.
CLO4: Apply and examine the principles and marketing skills needed to manage multi-residential,
commercial and industrial properties.
Unit 1 (10 Hours)
The real estate activity specific vocabulary ,The real estate transactions objects nature (land,
buildings, projects), The real estate objects fields (residential, commercial, offices, industrial),
Understanding the main aspects of the real estate activity: the business and the services of the real
estate agents, The main real estate services: brokerage, selling, renting, property management,
valuation, consulting .
Unit 2 (10 Hours)
The real estate activity in India , Legal structure of the activity - focused on the specific transactions
practice, Legal frame of the activity – national and international ( focused on the India), Specific
and connected legislation and regulations, standards and norms, National and international
associations and organizations, Education, licensing, E Professional ethics Issues, The real estate
practice understanding the Indian Standard.
268
Unit 3 (10 Hours)
Services of real Estate agents - Requirements for the provision of services of real estate Agents,
Scope, Terms and definitions, Client relationship management, Information to be provided to the
buyer, Service delivery, The real estate practice - Understanding the Indian Standard
Unit 4 (10 Hours)
Services of real Estate agents - Requirements for the provision of services of real estate Agents,
Qualifications and competencies of real estate agents, Insurance , Complaints handling, Code of
ethics, Understanding the real estate market - conditions, specific, evolution, Evaluation basics of
the real estate objects , Relationships with other related professions .
Text Book:
T1. RERA-The Real Estate, JayeshGanatra, Adhyyan Books International Pvt. Ltd, Edition
2017
Reference Book:
R1. Principles of Real Management, Institute of Real estate Management, 15th Edition, D&
T Database 2005, ISBN 978-1572031135
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this Course, the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom ’s
TaxonomyLevel
CLO1 Define and explain concept and laws relating to the
practice Of property management.
1,2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2 Describe and illustrate current marketing ethical and
maintenance procedures used by realestate firms.
2, 3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3 Analyze and determine the need and importance of
specialized training and experience needed for today’s
professional property managers/experts.
4,5
Analyze,
Evaluate
CLO4 Apply and examine the principles and marketing skills
needed to manage multi-residential, commercial and
industrial properties.
3,4
Apply,
Analyze
269
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning
Outcomes(PLOs)
Program
Specific
Outcomes
(PSOs)
PL
O1
PL
O2
P
LO
3
PL
O4
P
LO
5
PL
O6
PL
O7
P
LO
8
PL
O9
P
LO
10
P
LO
11
P
LO
12
P
SO
1
PS
O2
P
SO
3
PS
O4
CLO1
M
H
H
H
CLO2
H
M
H
H
M
CLO3
H
M
L
L
H
H
M
CLO4
H
M
L
L
H
H
L
H:HighM:MediumL:Low
270
SOFTWARE PROJECT MANAGEMENT
MMG4009-OE/MMG4009-VA
L T P C
3 0 0 3
(40 Hours)
Course Objectives:
CO1: To prepare students to plan for software project that includes estimates of size and effort, a schedule, resource allocation, configuration control, change management and project risk identification and management. CO2: To be familiar with the technology for selection, planning, streamlining and execution of projects while maintaining high standards of quality.
Course Learning Outcomes: On completion of this course, the students will be able to:
CLO1: Remember and explain the basic concepts and mechanism of Software Management.
CLO2: Understand and illustrate the various quality parameters and testing mechanism of
software.
CLO3: Demonstrate and analyze various project management tools.
CLO4: Evaluate and monitor software project while maintaining high standards of quality.
UNIT I (10 Hours)
Introduction and Software Project Planning: Project definition, Need Identification, Vision and Scope document, Project Management Cycle, Management Spectrum, Software Project Planning, Planning Objectives, Project Plan, Types of project plan, Software project estimation, Estimation methods, Estimation models, Decision process.
UNIT II (10 Hours)
Project Evaluation and Activity Planning: Strategic Assessment, Technical Assessment, Cost Benefit Analysis, Cash Flow Forecasting, Cost Benefit Evaluation Techniques, Risk Evaluation.
Project Monitoring and Control: Dimensions of Project Monitoring & Control, Earned Value
Analysis, Earned Value Indicators, Interpretation of Earned Value Indicators, Error Tracking, Software Reviews
UNIT III (10 Hours)
Software Quality Assurance and Testing: Objectives of Testing, Test Plans, Test Cases, Types
of Testing, Levels of Testing, Program Verification & validation, Testing Automation & Testing
271
Tools, Software Quality Metrics and Indicators, The SEI Capability Maturity Model (CMM),
SQA Activities, Formal SQA Approaches
UNIT IV (10 Hours)
Project Management and Project Management Tools: Software Configuration Management,
Baselines, Change Requests Management, Version Control, Risk Management, Risk
Breakdown Structure (RBS), Risk Management Process, Risk Planning and Control Software
Project Management Tools: CASE Tools, Planning and Scheduling Tools, MS-Project.
Text Book:
T1. Royce, “Software Project Management”,Pearson Education.
Reference Books:
R1. Bob Hughes, Mikecotterell, “Software Project Management”, Third Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
R2.Jalote, “Software Project Manangement in Practive”, Pearson Education.
R3.Kieron Conway, Software Project Management, Dreamtech Press
R4. S. A. Kelkar, Software Project Management, PHI Publication.
R5. M. Cotterell, Software Project Management, Tata McGraw-Hill Publication.
Course Learning Outcomes(CLO): On completion of this course the students will be
able to:
CLO Description Bloom ’s
Taxonomy Level
CLO1
Remember and explain the basic concepts and mechanism of
Software Management.
1, 2
Remember,
Understand
CLO2
Understand and illustrate the various quality parameters
And testing mechanism of software.
2,3
Understand,
Apply
CLO3
Demonstrate and analyze various project management tools. 3,4
Apply, Analyze
CLO4
Evaluate and monitor software project while maintaining
High standard software quality.
5
Evaluate
272
Mapping of CLOs with PLOs & PSOs
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Course
Learning
Outcome
s
Program Learning
Outcomes(PLOs)
Program Specific
Outcomes(PSOs) P
LO
1
PL
O2
PL
O3
PL
O4
P
LO
5
PL
O6
PL
O7
P
LO
8
PL
O9
P
LO
10
P
LO
11
P
LO
12
P
SO
1
PS
O2
P
SO
3
PS
O4
CLO1
M
L
M
M
CLO2
H
M
M
M
L
CLO3
H
H
M
H
H
L
CLO4
M
M
H
L
H
L
H:HighM:MediumL:Low